|
 |
| ID ---- IG ---- IL ---- IM ---- IMP ---- IN ---- IND ---- INF ---- INH ---- INS ---- INT ---- INV ---- IR ---- IS ---- IT ---- IW ---- IZ |
|
 Ici et maintenant : Principe de base et maxime de certaine forme d'humanisme et de la thérape gestalt. Met l'accent sur l'importance de l'état psychologique présent du patient, tant émotif que cognitif, par opposition à l'effort de reconstruction du passé indispensable à la guérison selon la psychanalyse. = moment présent. Here and now.
| |
 TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P. (1999/2007). Introduction à la psychologie : les grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
| |
|
|
Ictus amnésique : Forme d'amnésie globale, d'une durée brève, qui survient sans prévenir. = amnésie transitoire globale. Transient global amnesia.
|
Idéal du moi : Dans la théorie de la personnalité de Freud, conception du bien, de ce que l'individu voudrait égaler ou devenir. L'idéal du moi de l'enfant se construit par identification à l'idéal du moi de ses parents (valeur, conception du bien et du mal, etc.). L'idéal du moi tend vers la perfection (morale, esthétique, artistique, sociale, etc.). Ego ideal.
| |
TAVRIS, C., WADE, C., GAGNON, A., GOULET, C. et WIEDMANN, P. (1999/2007). Introduction à la psychologie : les grandes perspectives. St-Laurent : ERPI. |
| |
|
Idéalisation : Processus psychique par lequel les qualités, les valeurs ou les conduites d'un objet sont considérées comme parfaites. Idealization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Idée : Ce qui nous vient à l'esprit, occupe notre pensée (mais auquel on ne croit pas nécessairement). = cognition, idéation. Idea.
| |
 BRANSFORD, J.D, & FRANKS, J.J. (1971). The abstraction of linguistic ideas. Cognitive Psychology, 2, 331- 350. |
| POSNER, M.I., & KEELE, S.W. (1970). Retention of abstract ideas. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 83, 304-308. |
| SPERBER, D. (1996). La contagion des idées. Paris: Odile Jacob. |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Identification : En psychanalyse, processus par lequel un sujet assimile un aspect ou un comportement de l'autre et se transforme totalement ou partiellement, sur le modèle de l'autre. Pour Kelman, il s'agit de l'un des trois processus du changement des attitudes et du conformormiste. Identification et groupe d'identifaction. Identification.
| |
FENICHEL, O. (1937). The scopophilic instinct and identification. International Journal of Psycho-Analytic, 18, 6-34. |
KELMAN, H.C. (1958).
Compliance, identification, and internalization : Three processes of
attitude change. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 2 (1), 51-60. |
| |
TURNER C. W., & BERKOWITZ, L. (1972). Identification with film aggressor (covert role taking) and reactions to film
violence. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 21, 256–264. |
| DE SAUSSURE, R. (1939). Identification and substitution. International Journal of Psycho-Analytic, 20, 465-470. |
LEYENS, J. P. & PICUS, S. (1973). Identification with the winner of a fight and name mediation: Their differential
effects upon subsequent aggressive behavior. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 12, 374–377. |
| KNIGHT, R.P. (1940). Introjection, projection and identification. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 9, 334-341. |
KELMAN, H.C. (1974). Social influence and linkages between the individual and the social system : Further thoughts on the processes of compliance, identification, and internalization. In J. Tedeschi (Ed.), Perspectives on social power. (pp. 125-171). Chicago : Aldine. [PDF] |
| BALINT, A. (1943). Identification. International Journal of Psycho-Analytic, 24, 97-107. |
MELTZER, D. (1975). Adhesive identification. Contemporary Psycho-Analysis, 11, 289-310. |
| HENDRICK, I. (1951). Early development of the ego : Identification in infancy. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 20, 44-61. |
PERRY, D.G. & ERRY, L.C. (1976). Identification with film characters, covert aggressive verbalization, and reactions
to film violence. Journal of Research in Personality, 10, 399–409. |
| BORNSTEIN, B. (1953). On problems of identification. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 1, 538-549. |
SANDLER, J. (1987). The concept of projective identification. Bulletin of the Anna Freud Centre, 10, 33-49. |
| |
DOOSJE, B., ELLEMERS, N. & SPEARS, R. (1995). Perceived intragroup variability as a function of group status and identification. Journal of Experimental & Social Psychology, 31, 410–436. |
| REICH, A. (1954). Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 2, 218-238. |
GREATREX, T.S. (2002). Projective identification : How does It work ? Neuro-Psychoanalysis, 4, 187-197. |
| GREENSON, R.R. (1954). Problems of identification-introduction. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 2, 197-199. |
SIEGEL, J.P. (2004). Identification as a focal point in couple therapy. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 24, 406-419. |
| KELMAN, H.C. (1958).
Compliance, identification, and internalization : Three processes of
attitude change. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 2 (1), 51-60. [PDF] |
ZACK, D. (2005). Projective identification, conflict, and psychic change. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalytic, 13, 230-241. |
| BANDURA, A. & HUSTON, A.C. (1961). Identification as a process of incidental learning. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 63, 311-318. |
CARTWRIGHT, D. (2006). Autistic defenses in agoraphobic syndrome: “Flat” objects and the retardation of projective identification. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 54, 109-134. |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Identité : Ce que l'on croit et désire être (même si cela peut être objectivement faux). Identité, soi et théorie de l'identité. Identity.
| |
KIM, J. (1968). Reduction, correspondence, and identity. The Monist, 52, 424-38. |
| KIM, J. (1979). Causality, identity, and supervenience in the mind-body problem. Midwest Studies in Philosophy, 4, 31-49. |
| LEVITT, H.M., GERRISH, E.A. & HIESTAND, K.R. (2003). The misunderstood gender : A
model of modern femme identity. Sex Roles, 48, 99-113. |
|
| |
|
Identité culturelle : = identité ethnique. Social identity, racial identity, etnic identity.
| |
KLINEBERG, O. & ZAVALLONI, M. (1969). Nationalism and tribalism among African students : a study of social identity. Paris : Mouton. |
SHELTON, J.N. & SELLERS, R.M. (2000). Situational stability and variability in African American racial identity. Journal of Black Psychology, 26 (1), 27-50. |
| PARHAM, T.A. & HELMS, J.E. (1985). Attitudes of racial identity and self-esteem of Black students : An exploratory investigation. Journal of College Student Personnel, 26, 143-147. |
YIP, T. & FULIGNI, A.J. (2002). Daily variation in ethnic identity, ethnic behaviors, and psychological well-being among American adolescents of Chinese descent. Child Development, 73 (5), 1557-1572. |
| |
SELLERS, R.M. & SHELTON, J.N. (2003). The role of racial identity in perceived racial discrimination. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 84 (5), 1079-1092. |
| PHINNEY, J.S. (1990). Ethnic identity in adolescents and adults : Review of research. Psychological Bulletin, 108, 499-514. |
MOSSAKOWSKI, K.N. (2003). Coping with perceived discrimination : Does ethnic identity protect mental health? Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 44, 318-331. |
| ROWE, W., BENNETT, S.K. & ATKINSON, D.R. (1994). White racial identity models : A critique and alternative proposal. Counseling Psychologist, 22, 129-146. |
SELLERS, R.M., CALDWELL, C.H., SCHMEELK-CONE, K.H. & ZIMMERMANN M.A. (2003). Racial identity, racial discrimination, perceived stress, and psychological distress among African American young adults. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 44 (3), 302-317. |
| RUMBAUT, R.G. (1994). The crucible within : Ethnic identity, self-esteem, and segmented assimilation among children of immigrants. International Migration Review, 28 (4), 748-794. |
FULIGNI, A.J., WITKOW, M. & GARCIA, C. (2005). Ethnic identity and academic adjustment of adolescents from Mexican, Chinese, and European backgrounds. Developmental Psychology, 41 (5), 799-811. |
| PHINNEY, J.S., CANTU, C.L. & KURTZ, D.A. (1997). Ethnic and American identity as predictors of self-esteem among African American, Latino, and White adolescents. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 26 (2), 165-185. |
LEE, R.M. (2005). Resilience against discrimination : Ethnic identity and other-group orientation as protective factors for Korean Americans. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 52 (1), 36-44. |
| SELLERS, R.M. SMITH, M.A., SHELTON, J.N.M., ROWLEY, S.A.J. & CHAVOUS, T.M. (1998). Multidimensiona model of racial identity : A reconceptualization of African American racial identity. Personality & Social Psychology Review, 2 (1), 18-39. |
YIP, T., SEATON, E.K. & SELLERS, R.M. (2006). African American racial identity across the lifespan : Identity status, identity context, and depressive symptoms. Child Development, 77 (5), 1503-1516. |
| BERRY, J.W. (1999). Aboriginal cultural identity. Canadian Journal of Native Studies, 19, 1-36. |
UMANA-TAYLOR, A.J. & SHIN, N. (2007). An examination of ethnic identity and self-esteem with diverse populations : Exploring variation by eth-nicity and geography. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority Psychology, 13 (2), 178-186. |
|
|
| |
|
Identité de genre : Selon Kohlberg, la constance de genre se développe en trois temps. La première étape - l'identité de genre - se développe entre deux et trois ans, et consiste pour l'enfant à identifier son sexe et à l'attribuer aux autres en se fondant sur un certain nombre de caractéristiques physiques (ton de la voix grave = homme, cheveux court = femme). EX: Je suis un garçon, mais maman est une fille (parce qu'elle a une voix aiguë). = ce que l'on devient. Gender identity.
| |
MONEY, J., DEVORE, H. & NORMAN, B.F. (1986). Gender identity and gender transposition : Longitudinal outcome study of 32 male hermaphrodites Assigned as Girls. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 12 (3), 165-181. |
| ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY S.J. (1992). Gender identity disorder in children. Annual Review of Sex Research 3, 73-120. |
| ZUCKER, K.J. (2005). Gender identity disorder in children and adolescents. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 1, 467-492. |
| ZUCKER, K.J., BRADLEY, S.J., OWEN-ANDERSON, A. KIBBLEWHITE, S.J. & CANTOR, J.M. (2008). Is gender identity disorder in adolescents coming out of the closet? Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34 (5), 287-290. |
|
| |
|
Identité de groupe : Identité de groupe, racisme et groupe endogène. Group identity.
| |
LIPIANSKY, E.M. (1992). Identité et communication : l'expérience groupale. Presses Universitaires de France : Paris. |
| BRANSCOMBE, N.R., SCHMITT, M.T & HARVEY, R. . (1999). Perceiving pervasive discrimination among African Americans : Implications for group identification and well-being. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77 (1), 135-149. |
| WILLIAMS, D.R., PENCER, M.S. & JACKSON, J.S. (1999). Race, stress, and physical health : The role of group identity. New York : Oxford University Press. |
| DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L. & KAFATI, G. (2000). Group identity and intergroup relations : The common ingroup identity model. In S. Thye, E.J. Lawler, M. Macy & H. Walker (Eds.), Advances in group processes (Vol. 17, pp. 1-35). Stanford, CT : JAI Press. |
| McCOY, S.K. & MAJOR, B. (2003). Group identification moderates emotional responses to perceived prejudice. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 29 (8), 1005-1017. |
| DUPUIS-DÉRI, F. (2004). Identités mosaïques. Boréal. |
| GAERTNER, S.L. & DOVIDIO, J.F. (2007). Reducing contemporary racism : The common ingroup identity model. In C.W. Esqueda (Ed.), Nebraska Symposium on Motivation : Motivational aspects of prejudice and racism (pp. 111-133). New York : Springer. |
|
| |
|
|
Identité féminine :
| |
SCHENKEL, S. & MARCIA, J.E. (1972). Attitudes toward premarital intercourse in determining ego identity status in college women. Journal of Personality, 40, 472-482. |
| POOLE, K. (1972). The etiology of gender identity and the lesbian. Journal of Social Psychology, 87, 51-57. |
| JOSSELSON, R. (1987). Finding herself : Pathways to identity development in women. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
| JONES, S.R. (1997). Voices of identity and difference : A qualitative exploration of the multiple dimensions of identity development in women college students. Journal of College Student Development, 38, 376-386. |
|
| |
|
Identité masculine :
| |
FREUND, K., LANGEVIN, R., SATTERBERG, J. & STEINER, B. (1977). Extension of the gender identity scale for males. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 6, 507-519. |
| BADINTER, E. (1992). X Y. de l'identité masculine. Paris : Odile Jacob |
|
| |
|
Identités multiples : Multiple identities, multiple personality.
| |
SCHREIBER, F.R.(1973). Sybil. New York, NY : Regency. |
| SPANOS, N.P. (1986). Hypnosis, novolitional responding and multiple personality : A social psychological perspective. In B. Maher and W. Maher. (Eds.), Progress in personality research, New York : Academic Press. |
| SPANOS, N.P. (1989). Hypnosis, demonic possession and multiple personality : Strategic enactments and disavowals of responsibility for actions. In C.A. Ward (Ed.), Altered states of consciousness and mental health : Theoretical and methodological issues (pp. 96-124). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
| SPANOS, N.P. (1996). Multiple identities & false memories : A sociocognitive perspective. Washington : American Psychological Association Press. |
| PIPER, A. (1998). Multiple personality disorder : witchcraft sur- vives in the twentieth century. Skeptical Inquirer, 22 (3), 44-50. |
|
| |
|
Identité psychologique : Ce que l'individu croit être, même s'il ne le révèle pas publiquement. = ego, moi, soi. *identité collective. ( ): identité de genre, identité de rôle, identité féminine, identité masculine, identité sexuelle. Identity, identity development, ego identity.
| |
ERIKSON, E.H. (1959). The problem of ego identity. Psychological Issues, 1, 101-164. |
TAJFEL, H. & TURNER, J.C. (1986). The social identity theory of inter-group behavior. In S. Worchel and L.W. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations. Chigago : Nelson-Hall. |
| MARCIA, J.E. (1966). Development and validation of ego identity status. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 3, 551-558. |
MARCIA, J.E., WATERMAN, A.S., MATTESON, D.R., ARCHER, S.L. & ORLOFSKY, J.L. (1993).Ego identity : A handbook for psychosocial research. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
| CHICKERING, A.W. (1969). Education and identity. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
MARCIA, J.E. (1994). Identity and psychotherapy. In S.L. Archer (Ed.), Interventions for identity (pp. 89-104). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
| MARCIA, J.E. & FRIEDMAN, M.L. (1970). Ego identity status in college women. Journal of Personality, 38, 249-263. |
MEEUS, W. (1996). Studies on identity development in adolescence. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 25, 569-599. |
| ZAVALLONI, M. (1973). L'identité sociale : un concept à la recherche d'une science. Dans S. Moscovici (Dir.), Introduction à la psychologie sociale (p. 245-266). Paris : Larousse. |
JONES, S.R. & McEWEN, M.K. (2000). A conceptual model of multiple dimensions of identity. Journal of College Student Development, 41, 405-414. |
| MARCIA, J.E. (1976). Identity six years after : A follow-up study. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 5, 145-160. |
MARCIA, J.E. (2002). Identity and psychosocial development in adulthood. Identity : An International Journal of Theory and Research, 2 (1), 7-28. |
| TAJFEL, H. (1982). Social identity and intergroup relations. Cambridge, England : Cambridge University Press. |
KROGER, J. (2003). What transits in an identity status transition? Identity, 3 (3), 197-220. |
| WHITEBOURNE, S.K. (1986). The me I know : A study of adult identity. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
KERNBERG, O.F. (2006). Identity : Recent findings and clinical implications. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 75 (4), 969-1044. |
|
|
| |
|
Identité sexuelle : Selon Bem, l'identité sexuelle se développe en trois temps : 1) d'abord acquérir la conviction intime d'être un garçon ou une fille; 2) acquérir des comportements, qui dans chaque culture, sont propres aux garçons et aux filles, aux hommes et aux femmes; 3) choisir un partenaire sexuel masculin ou féminin. Identité sexuelle et genre. = identité sexuée, identité de genre. ( ): identité féminine, identié maculine. Sexual identity, gender identity.
| |
STOLLER, R. (1964). A contribution to the study of gender identity. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 45, 220-226. |
ZUCKER, K.J. (1990). Treatment of gender identity disorders in children. In R. Blanchard & B.W. Steiner (Eds.), Clinical management of gender identity disorders in children and adults (pp. 27-45). Washington, D.C. : American Psychiatric Press, Inc. |
| GREEN, R. (1974). Sexual identity conflict in children and adults. New York : Basic Books. |
ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY S.J. (1992). Gender identity disorder in children. Annual Review of Sex Research, 3, 73-120. |
| GREEN, R. (1978). Sexual identity of 37 children raised by homosexuals or transsexual parents. Psychiatry, 135 (6), 692-97. |
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1993). Gender identity development in intersex patients. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 2, 501-511. |
| MONEY, J. & RUSSO, A.J. (1979). Homosexual outcome of discordant gender identity/role : Longitudinal follow-up. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 4, 29-41. |
ZUCKER, K.J. & BRADLEY S.J. (1995). Gender identity disorder and psychosexual problems in children and adolescents. Guilford Press. |
| DIAMOND, M. (1979). Sexual identity and sex roles. In V. Bullough. (Ed), The frontiers of sex research (pp. 33-56). Buffalo, NY : Prometheus. |
|
| CASS, V.C. (1979). Homosexual identity formation : A theoretical model. Journal of Homosexuality, 4, 219-235. |
KROGER, J. (2003). What transits in an identity status transition? Identity, 3 (3), 197-220. |
| DIAMOND, M. (1982). Sexual identity, monozygotic twins reared in discordant sex roles and a BBC follow-up. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 11, 181-185. |
PARKER, R.A. & ALDWIN, C.M. (1997). Do aspects of gender identity change from early to middle adulthood? Disentangling age, cohort, and period effects. In M.E. Lachman & J.B. James (Eds.), Multiple paths of midlife development (pp. 67-107). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
| McCONAGHY, N. & ARMSTRONG, M.S. (1983). Sexual orientation and consistency of sexual identity. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 12, 317-327. |
LE MANNER-IDRISSI, G. (1997). L'identité sexuée. Paris : Dunod. |
| HOENIG, J. (1985). The origins of gender identity. In B. W. Steiner (Ed.), Gender dysphoria : Development, research, management (pp. 11-32). New York : Plenum. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). Sexual identity, attractions, and behavior among young sexual-minority women over a two-year period. Developmental Psychology, 36, 241-250. |
| FAGOT, B.I. & LEINBACH, M.D. (1985). Gender identity : Some thoughts on an old concept. Journal of the American Academy of Child Psychiatry, 24, 684-688. |
ZAOUCHE-GAUDRON, C. et ROUYER, V. (2002). Le père dans la construction de l’identité sexuée de l’enfant. Confrontation des modèles théoriques. L’Orientation Scolaire et Professionnelle, 31 (4), 523-533. |
| TROIDEN, R.R. (1988). Gay and lesbian identity formation : A sociological analysis. Dix Hills, NY : General Hall. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). Sexual identity, attractions, and behavior among young sexual-minority women over a two-year period. Developmental Psychology, 36, 241-250. |
| BUTLER, J. (1990/2005). Gender trouble : Feminism and the subversion of identity. New York : Routledge. / Trouble dans le genre : le féminisme et la subversion de l'identité. Paris : La découverte. [PDF] |
DIAMOND, L.M. & BUTTERWOTH, M.R. (2008). Questioning gender and sexual identity : Dynamic links over time. Sex Roles, 59, 365-376 |
|
|
| |
|
Identité sociale : Social identity.
| |
KLINEBERG, O. & ZAVALLONI, M. (1969). Nationalism and tribalism among African students : a study of social identity. Paris : Mouton. |
ELLEMERS, N., SPEARS, R. & DOOSJE, B. (2002). Self and social identity. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 161-186. |
| SMITH, E.R. (1993). Social identity and social emotions: Toward new conceptualizations of prejudice. In D.M. Mackie & D.L. Hamilton (Eds.), Affect, cognition, and stereotyping: Interactive pro- cesses in group perception (pp. 297-315). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
DOOSJE, B., SPEARS, R. & ELLEMERS, N. (2002). Social identity as both cause and effect : The development of group identification inresponse to anticipated and actual changes in the intergroup status hierarchy. British Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 57-76. |
| |
RUBIN, M. & HEWSTONE, M. (2004). Social identity, system justification, and social dominance : Commentary on Reicher, Jost et al., and Sidanius et al. Political Psychology,
25 (6), 823-844. |
| ABRAMS, D. (1999). Social identity, social cognition, and the self: The flexibility and stability of self-categorization. In D. Abrams & M. A. Hogg (Eds.), Social identity and social cognition (pp. 197-229). Oxford, UK : Basil Blackwell. |
ABRAMS, D. (2009). Social identity on a national scale : Optimal distinctiveness and young people’s self-expression through musical preference. Group Processes & Intergroup Relations, 12, 303-317. |
|
|
| |
|
|
Idéologie : Idées et valeurs politiques, économiques, morales, religieuses ou philosophiques communes à un ensemble d'individus, ayant pour fonction de souder ces individus (les membres) et de faire de nouveaux adeptes (prosélytisme), afin d'influencer les comportements des électeurs, les décisions des institutions et celles la la société en général. Ideology.
| |
BELL, D. (1965). The end of ideology. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
SIDANIUS, J. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (1982). Test of a biological model for explaining sex differences in sociopolitical ideology. Journal of Psychology, 110, 191-195. |
| LANE, R.E. (1966). The decline of politics and ideology in a knowledgeable
society. American Sociological Review, 31, 649-662. |
SIMON, M. (1983). Comprendre les idéologies. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
| |
SIDANIUS, J. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (1983). Sex, political party preference, and higher-order dimensions of sociopolitical ideology. Journal of Psychology, 115, 233-239. |
| ANSART, P. (1974). Les idéologies politiques. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
BOUDON, R. (1984). L’idéologie. Paris : Fayard. |
| BAECHLER, J. (1976). Qu’est-ce que l’idéologie? Paris : Gallimard. |
THEORET M. et GLADU S. (1984). Analyse «systémique» de l'influence de l'idéologie sexuelle dominante sur les thérapies sexuelles/ Systems» analysis of the influence of the dominating sexual model upon the sexual therapies. Revue de Modification du Comportement,
14 (1), 15-30. |
| ANSART, P. (1977). Idéologie, conflit et pouvoir. Paris : Presses Universitairs de France. |
EISENBERGER, R., COTTERRELL, N. & MARVEL, J. (1987). Reciprocation ideology. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53, 743-750. |
| |
EKEHAMMAR, B., NILSSON, I. & SIDANIUS, J. (1987). Education and ideology : Basic aspects of education related to adolescents' sociopolitical attitudes. Political Psychology, 8, 395-410. |
| |
ZIZEK, S. (1989). The sublime object of ideology. London : Verso. |
| ADLAM, D., HENRIQUES, J., ROSE, N., SALFIED, A., VENN, C. & WALKERDINE, V. (1977). Psychology, ideology and the human subject. Ideology & Consciousness, 1, 5-56. |
LIPIANSKI, E.M. (1991). Représentations sociales et idéologies. Analyse conceptuelle. In V. Aebischer, J.P. Decochy & E.M. Lipianski (Eds.), Idéologies et représentations sociales. (pp.35-62). Cousset : DelVal. |
| SIDANIUS, J. (1978). Cognitive functioning and socio-political ideology : An exploratory study. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 46, 515-530. |
EAGLETON, T. (1991). Ideology : An introduction. London : Verso. |
| SIDANIUS, J. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (1980). Sex-related differences in sociopolitical ideology. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 21, 17-26. |
|
| SAMPSON, E.E. (1981). Cognitive psychology as ideology. American Psychologist, 36 (7), 730-743. |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1997). Psychology, "idea technology," and ideology. Psychological Science, 8, 21-27. |
| MUELLER, C.M. & JUDD, C.M. (1981). Belief constraint and belief consensus: Towards an analysis of social movement ideologies. Social Forces, 60, 182-187. |
RICOEUR, P. (1997). L’idéologie et l’utopie. Paris : Seuil. |
| SIDANIUS, J. & EKEHAMMAR, B. & LUKOWSKY, J. (1982). Socio-political ideology and party conflict in Sweden. Mankind Quarterly, 7, 3-25. |
|
|
|
| |
|
Idiosyncrasie : Du grec idios qui signifie «qui a un tempérament particulier», syn qui veut dire «avec» et ratos qui signifie « «vigueur». Caractéristique propre de la personnalité ou du comportement d'un individu en particulier. Ces caractéristiques, qui rendent parfois l'individu imprévisible ou anormal (on dit aussi excentrique), échappent souvent aux théories en vigueur dans un domaine, théories qui, elles, reposent sur l'obsevation de régularités. = singularité, particularité. /régularité, généralité, loi.
| |
CARR, E.G., YARBROUGH, S.C. & LANGDON, N.A. (1997). Effects of idiosyncratic stimulus variables on functional analysis outcomes. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (4), 673-685. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
Ignorance pluraliste : Sous-groupe d'invidividus qui croient avoir des idées, des croyances ou des valeurs différentes du reste du groupe. En dépit du rejet de la norme du groupe, ce sous-groupe agit en conformité avec celle-ci, donnant ainsi à penser que la dissidence est nulle. Pluralistic ignorance.
| |
KATZ, D. & ALLPORT, F.H. (1931). Student attitudes. Syracuse, N.Y. : Craftsman. |
| MILLER, D.T. McFARLAND, C. (1987). Pluralistic ignorance : When similarity is interpreted as dissimilarity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 53, 298-305. |
| PRENTICE, D.A. & MILLER, D.T. (1993). Pluralistic ignorance and alcohol use on campus : Some consequences of misperceiving the social norm. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 64 (2), 243-256. |
| PRENTICE, D.A. & MILLER, D.T. (1996). Pluralistic ignorance and the perpetuation of social norms by unwitting actors. In M. P. Zanna (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 29, pp. 161-209). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
| MILLER, D.T., MONIN, B. & PRENTICE, D.A. (2000). Pluralistic ignorance and inconsistency between private attitudes and public behaviors. In D. J. Terry and M.A. Hogg (Eds.), Attitudes, behavor, and social context : The role of norms and group membership (pp. 95-113). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
| |
|
Ignorance stratégique : Feindre de ne pas savoir ce que l'on est censé connaître; dissimuler volontairement une information. EX: Certains étudiants se gardent de répondre aux questions du professeur par crainte d'être qualifiés de «bol» par les autres étudiants de la classs. Strategic ignorance.
| |
CARRILLO, J. & MARIOTTI, T. (2000). Strategic ignorance as a self-disciplining device. Review of Economic Studies, 66, 529-544. |
|
| |
|
|
Illusion : Le terme a deux significations voisines. a) Au sens strict, ce qui paraît vrai, mais s'avère en réalité faux. ( ):illusion de causalité, illusion de contrôle, illusion de liberté. a) Tout objet ou situation qui peut être interprétés de plus d'une manière ou qui peuvent entraîner une erreur de perception. = illusion perceptive. ( ): Voir tableau ci-bas.
 |
|
| Albert Einstein (vu de près) ou Marilyn Monroe (vu de loin) ? |
|
| |
a |
| HALL, G.S. & BOWDITCH, H.P. (1882). Optical illusions of motions. Journal of Physiology, 3, 297-307. |
|
| STRATTON, G.M. (1906). Symmetry, linear illusions and the movements of the eye. Psychological Review, 13, 81-96. |
COREN, S. & STERN GIRGUS, J. (1978). Seeing is deceiving : The psychology of visual illusions. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
| RUBIN, E. (1950). Visual figures apparently incompatible with geometry. Acta psychologica, 7, 365-387. |
FRISBY, J.P. (1979). Seeing : Illusion, brain and mind. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
| NYSSEN, R. & BOURDON, J. (1955). Contribution to the study of the size-weight illusion by the method of p. koseleff. Acta psychologica, 11, 467-474. |
DEREGOWSKI, J.B. (1980). Illusions, patterns and pictures : A cross-cultural perspective. London : Academic Press. |
| GREGORY, R.L. (1962). Visual illusions in space. New Scientist, 15, 446. |
|
| LUCKIESH, M. (1965). Visual illusions. New York : Dover. |
POMERANTZ, J.R. (1983). The rubber pencil illusion. Perception & Psychophysics, 33, 365-368. |
| MORGAN, M.J. & HUMPHREY, N. (1965). Constancy and the geometric illusions. Nature, 206, 744-745. |
LOFTUS, G.R. (1985). Size illusion, distance illusion and terrestrial passage. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 114, 121-123. |
| SEGALL, H.H., CAMPBELL, D.T. & HERSKOVITS, M.J. (1966). The Influence of culture on visual perception. Bobbs-Merrill, Indianapolis. |
MORGAN, M.J., HOLE, G.J. & GLENNERSTER, A. (1990). Biases and sensitivities in geometrical illusions. Vision Research, 30, 1793-1810. |
| GREGORY, R.L. (1968). Visual illusions. Scientific American, 4, 66-76. |
PETERSON, M.A., KILHSTROM, J.F., ROSE, P. M. & GLISKY, M.L. (1992). Mental images can be ambiguous : Reconstruals and reference-frame reversals. Memory & Cognition, 20 (2), 107-123. |
| ROSS, H.E. & GREGORY, R.L. (1970). Weight illusions and weight discrimination - a revised hypothesis. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 22, (2) 318-328. |
KENNEDY, J.M., GREEN, C.D., NICHOLLS, A. & LIU, C.H. (1992). Illusions and knowing what is real. Ecological Psychology, 4, 153-172. |
| KRANTZ, D.H.& WEINTRAUB, D.J. (1971). The Poggendorff illusion : Amputations, rotations, and other perturbations. Perception & Psychophysics, 10, 257-264. |
FINEMAN, M. (1996). The nature of visual illusion. Dover Publications. |
| GREGORY, R.L. (1971). Contrast illusions in perspective. Nature, 234 (5352), 157-158. |
PELAH, A. & BARLOW H.B. (1996) Visual illusion from running. Nature, 381, 283 |
| HUMPHREY, N. (1971). Contrast illusions in perspective. Nature, 232, 91-93. |
ROBINSON, J.O. (1998). The psychology of visual illusion. Dover Publications. |
| HUMPHREY, N. (1972). Les illusions visuelles. La Recherche, 3, 631-638. |
POST, R.B. & WELCH, R.B. (1996). Is there dissociation of perceptual and motor responses to figural illusions? Perception, 25, 569-581. |
| GOMBRICH, E.H. (1977). Art and illusion : A study in the psychology of pictorial representation. London : Phaidon. |
ROBINSON, J.O. (1998). The psychology of visual illusion. Dover : New York. |
| |
GOSSELIN, F. & LAMONTAGNE, C. (1997). Motion-blur illusions. Perception, 26, 847-855. [PDF] |
| GREGORY, R.L. & HARRIS, J.P. (1975). Illusion-destruction by appropriate scaling. Perception, 4, 203-220. |
NINIO, J. (2001). The science of illusions. Cornell University Press. |
|
WADE, N.J. (2005). Perception and illusion. Historical perspectives. New York : Springer. |
| |
|
Illusion d'Ames : Chambre ou pièce déformée de telle manière que deux personnes ou objets de même taille placés dans les coins opposés de la dite pièce seront perçus comme étant de tailles différentes lorsqu'une personne les observe par une ouverture pratiquée dans le mur (votre point de vue ci-dessous). Cette illusion s'explique par un fonctionnement inadéquat de la constance perceptive des tailles. = chambre d'Ames.
|
Illusion d'Ebbinghaus : Illusion.
| |
 |
| MASSARO, D. W. & ANDERSON, N. H. (1971). Judgemental model of the Ebbinghaus illusion. Journal of Expererimental
of Psychology, 89, 147-151. |
JAEGER, T. & GRASSO, K. (1993). Contour lightness and separation effects in the Ebbinghaus illusion. Perceptual & Motor Skills 76, 255-258. |
| GIRGUS, J. S., COREN, S. & AGDERN, M. (1972). The interrelationship between the Ebbinghaus and the
Delboef illusions. Journal of Experimental of Psychology, 95, 453 – 455. |
EHRENSTEIN, W.H. & HAMADA, J. (1995). Structural factors of size contrast in the Ebbinghaus illusion. Japanese Psychological Research 37, 158-169. |
| JAEGER, T. & POLLACK, R.H. (1977). Effect of contrast level and temporal order on the Ebbinghaus
circles illusion. Perception & Psychophysics 21, 83-87. |
CHOPLIN, J. M. & MEDIN, D.L. (1999). Similarity of the perimeters in the Ebbinghaus illusion. Perception & Psychophysics 61, 3–12. |
| JAEGER, T. (1978). Ebbinghaus illusions : size contrast or contour interaction phenomena ? Perception
& Psychophysics 24, 337-342. |
GLOVER, S. & DIXON, P. (2002). Dynamic effects of the Ebbinghaus illusion in grasping: support for a planning/control model of action. Perception & Psychophysics,
64 (2), 266-278. |
| WEINTRAUB, D.J. (1979). Ebbinghaus illusion : context, contour, and age influence the judged size of a
circle amidst circles, Journal of Expererimental Psychology : Human Perception and Performance 5, 353-364. |
ROSE, D. & BRESSANS, P. (2002).
Going round in circles : shape effects in the Ebbinghaus illusion. Spatial Vision, 15, (2), 191–203. [PDF] |
Psiholo?ka obzorja / (2005) © Dru?tvo psihologov Slovenije 2005, ISSN 1318-187 Znanstveni empirièno-raziskovalni prispevek
Milena Vuk and Anja Podlesek* |
VISHTON, PM. & FABRE. E. (2003). Effects of the Ebbinghaus illusion on different behaviors : one- and two-handed esimation; metric and comparative judgement. Spatial Vision, 16, (3-4), 377-392. [PDF] |
|
VUK, M. & PODLESEK, A. (2005). The effect of inner elements of the context figures on the Ebbinghaus illusion.
Horizons of Psychology, 14,(4), 9-22. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Illusion d’Oppel-Kundt :
|
|
Illusion de causalité : Tendance à voir des relations de cause à effet là où il n'y a que hasard et coïncidences. Illusion of causality.
| |
WHITE, P. (2006). The causal asymmetry. Psychological Review, 113 (1), 132-147. |
|
| |
|
Illusion de contrôle : Tendance à surestimer sa capacité d'influencer un individu/événement ou sa probabilité de gain (quand il s'agit d'un jeu de hasard). Illusion de contrôle et comportement supersticieux. = illusion de pouvoir. Illusion of control.
| |
LANGER, E.J. (1975). The illusion of control. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 32 (2), 311-328. |
BLACKMORE, S. & TROSCIANKO, T. (1985). Relief in the paranormal : probability judgements, illusory control, and the «chance baseline shift». British journal of psychology, 76 (4), 459-468. |
| LANGER, E.J. & ROTH, J. (1975). Heads I win, tails it's chance : The illusion of control as a function of the sequence of outcomes in a purely chance task. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology 32 (6), 951-955. |
GOLLWITZER, P.M. & KINNEY, R.F. (1989). Effects of deliberative and implemental mind-sets on illusion of control. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 56 (4), 531-542. |
| |
MOGHADDAM, F.M. & STUDER, C. (1998). Illusions of control. Westport, CT : Praeger. |
| |
DIXON, M.R., HAYES, L.J. & EBBS, R.E. (1998). Engaging in "illusory control" during repeated risk-taking. Psychological Reports, 83, 959-962. |
| LANGER, E.J. (1982). The illusion of control. In D. Kahneman & A. Tversky (Eds.), Judgment under uncertainty : Heuristics and biases. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
RUDSKI, J.M. (2001). Competition, superstition and the illusion of control. Current Psychology, 20, 68-84. |
| TENNEN, H. & SHARP, J.P. (1983). Control orientation and the illusion of control. Journal of Personality Assessment, 47 (4), 369-374. |
FENTON-O’CRREVY, M., NICHOLSON, N., SOANE, E. & WILLMAN, P. (2003). Trading on illusions : Unrealistic perceptions of control and trading performance. Journal of Occupational & Organisational Psychology 76, 53-68. |
| |
RUDSKI, J.M. (2004). The illusion of control, superstitious belief, and optimism. Current Psychology, 22, 306-315. |
|
DANNEWITZ, H. & WEATHERLY, J.N. (2007). Investigating the illusion of control in mildly depressed and
nondepressed individuals during video-poker play. The Journal of Psychology : Interdisciplinary &
Applied, 141, 307-319. |
| |
|
Illusion de Darwin : Illusion.
| |
JENKINS, R. & WISEMAN, R. (2009) Darwin Illusion: Evolution in a blink of the eye. Perception, 38, 1413-1415. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Illusion de Kanizsa : Illusion découverte par Gaetano Kanizsa en 1955.
|
Illusion de la jeune/vieille femme : Illusion.
|
Illusion de liberté : Le déterminisme est la doctrine philosophique qui postule que la liberté n'existe pas, que tous les comportements sont déterminés par un ensemble de causes. En conséquence, ceux qui croient tout de même en cette liberté sont victimes d'une illusion car ils sous-estiment ou ignorent l'existence du déterminisme.
|
|
Illusion de Moses : Moses illusion.
| |
REDER L. M. & KUSBIT G.W. (1991). Locus of the Moses illusion: Imperfect encoding, retrieval
or match? Journal of Memory and Language, 30, 385–406. |
| PARK, H. & REDER L.M. (2003). Moses illusion. In R. F. Pohl (Ed.), Cognitive illusions (pp. 275–292). New York, NY : Psychology Press. |
|
| |
|
Illusion de Muller-Lyer : Illusion découverte en 1889 par Muller-Lyer. Mueller-Lyer illusion.
| |
|
| MULLER-LYER, F.C. (1889). Optische urteilstäuschungen. Archiv für Physiologie, 263-327. |
DAY, R.H. & KNUTH, H. (1981). The contributions of F.C. Müller-Lyer. Perception, 10 (2), 126-146. |
| JUDD, C.H. (1905). The Mueller-Lyer illusion. Psychological Review Monograph Supplement, 7 (29), 55-82. |
COREN, S. & PORAC, C. (1983). The creation and reversal of the Mueller-Lyer illusion through attentional manipulation. Perception, 12, 49-54. |
| LEWIS, E.O. (1909). Confluxion and contrast effects in the Mueller-Lyer illusion. British Journal of Psychology, 3, 21-41. |
ADAM, J. & BATEMAN, L. (1983). A correlational analysis of symmetry between the arrowhead and featherhead Mueller-Lyer illusions. Perception, 12, 119-129. |
| DEWAR, R.E. (1967). Stimulus determinants of the magnitude of the Mueller-Lyer illusion. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 24, 708-710. |
MACK, A., HEUER, F. VILLARDI, K. & CHAMBERS, D. (1985). The dissociation of position and extent in Mueller-Lyer figures. Perception & Psychophysics, 37, 335-344. |
| RUDEL, R. & TEUBER, H.L. (1963). Decrement of visual and haptic Müller-Lyer illusion on repeated trials : A study of cross-modal transfer. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15, 125-131. |
GILAM, B. & CHAMBERS, D. (1985). Size and position are incongruous : Measurements on the Muller-Lyer figure. Perception & Psychophysics, 37, 549-556. |
| PIAGET, J. & PAPERT, S. (1963). Note sur les relations entre les illusions de Müller-Lyer et de Delboeuf : à propos d'une étude de J. Beuchet et de J.-F. Richard sur le "décentrement des masses. L'Année psychologique, 63 (2), 351-357. |
PRESEY, A.W. & MARTIN, N.S. (1990). The effects of varying fins in Mueller-Lyer and Holding illusions. Psychological Research, 52, 46-53. |
| DEWAR, R.E. (1967). Stimulus determinants of the magnitude of the Mueller-Lyer illusion. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 24, 708-710 |
REDDING, G. M. & HAWLEY, E. (1993). Length illusion in fractional Mueller-Lyer stimuli :
An object-perception approach. Perception, 22, 819-828. |
| PRESSEY, A.W. & PRESSEY, C.A. (1992). Attentive elds are related to focal and contextual features : a study of the Müller-Lyer distortions. Perception & Psychophysics 51, 423-436. |
|
| GIRGUS, J. S., COREN, S. & AGDERN, M. (1972). The interrelationship between the Ebbinghaus and the
Delboef illusions. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 95, 453 – 455. |
|
| CHRISTIE, P.S. (1975). Asymmetry in the Mueller-Lyer illusion : Artifact or genuine effect? Perception, 4, 453-457. |
PREDEBON, J. (1996). The role of the angle components in the wings-in and wings-out forms of the Müller-Lyer illusion. Perception, 25 (7), 773-781. |
| RESTLE, F. & DECKER, J. (1977). Size of the Mueller-Lyer illusion as a function of its dimensions : Theory and data. Perception & Psychophysics, 21, 489-503. |
POST, R.B., WELCH, R.B. & CAUFIELD, K. (1998). Relative spatial expansion and contraction within the Müller-Lyer and Judd illusions. Perception, 27 (7), 827-838. |
| GOLDBERG, L.R. (1979). A general scheme for the analytic decomposition of objective test scores : Illustrative demonstrations using the Rod-and-Frame Test and the Muller-Lyer Illusion. Journal of Research in Personality, 13, 245-265. |
NELSON, B. & GREENE, E. (1998). Similar Mueller-Lyer effects from operant and comparison response modes. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 86, 499-511. |
| WHITE, I.A. & WHITE, J.J. (1980). The importance of F.C. Müller-Lyer's ideas for "Der Zauberberg". The Modern Language Review, 75 (2), 333-348. |
HOWE, C.Q. & PURVES, D. (2005). The Muller-Lyer illusion explained by the statistics of image-source relationships. Proceeding of the National Academy of Sciences, 102, 1234-1239. |
|
|
| |
|
Illusion de Poggendorff : Illusion.
| |
 |
| KRANTZ, D.H. & WEINTRAUB, D.J. (1971). The Poggendorff illusion : Amputations, rotations, and other perturbations. Perception & Psychophysics, 10, 257-264. |
| KRANTZ, D.H. & WEINTRAUB, D.J. (1973). Factors affecting perceived orientation of the Poggendorff transversal. Perception & Psychophysics, 4, 511-517. |
| WEINTRAUB, D.J. & KRANTZ, D.H. (1980). The Poggendorff illusion: Consider all the angles. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 6, 718-725. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Illusion de transparence : Tendance à surestimer la capacité des autres à connaître nos intentions ou nos motifs cachés. Illusion of transparency.
|
Illusion des visages : Illusion.
| |
(S'éloigner lentement de l'écran pour «voir» l'illusion) |
|
| |
|
Illusion de Wundt :
|
|
|
|
Illusion du mur du café : Illusion découverte par Pierce, puis expliqué par Gregory. = Kindergarten illusion.
| |
 |
| PIERCE, A.H. (1898). The illusions of the kindergarten patterns. Psychological Review, 5 (3), 233-253. |
| GREGORY, R.L. & HEARD, P. (1979). Border locking and the Cafe Wall illusion. Perception, 8 (4), 365-380. |
| GREGORY, R.L. & HEARD, P. (1998) The café wall revisited. Perception 27, 92 |
|
| |
|
Illusion spatiale : Illusion. Spatial illusion.
| |
COREN, S. & GIRGUS, J.S. & DAY, R.H. (1973). Visual spatial illusions : Many explanations. Science, 179, 503-504. |
|
| |
|
|
|
Image mentale : Image produite par le cerveau virtuel, qui représente la réalité plus ou moins fidèlement. Objet d'étude de l'intelligence artificielle et de l'école cognitive américaine. Image, rotation mentale et représentation mentale. = image, imagerie mentale, information visuelle. Picture, image, imagery, mental Imagery.
| |
GALTON, F. (1880). Statistics of mental imagery. Mind, 5,301-318. [LIRE] |
JOLICOEUR, P. GLUCK, M.A. & KOSSLYN, S.M. (1984). Pictures and names : making the connection. Cognitive Psychology, 16 (2), 243-275. |
| LEWIS, E.O. (1909). Confluxion and contrast effects in the Mueller-Lyer illusion. British Journal of Psychology 3, 21-41. |
MORRIS, P.E. & HAMPSON, P.J. (1983). Imagery and consciousness. Academic Press. London. |
| WATSON, J.B. (1913). Psychology as the Behaviorist Views It. Psychological Review, 20, 158-177. |
KERR, N.H. & NEISSER, U. (1983). Mental images of concealed objects : new evidence. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 9, 212-221. |
| GREGORY, R.L. (1964). Stereoscopic shadow images. Nature, 203 (4952), 1407-8. |
INTONS-PETERSON, M.J. (1983). Imagery paradigms : How vulnerable are they to experimenter's expectations? Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception and Performance, 9, 394-412. |
| HOLT R.R. (1964). Imagery : The return of the ostracised. American Psychologist, 19, 254-266. |
TYE, M. (1984). The debate about mental imagery. Journal of Philosophy, 81, 678-91. |
| RICHARDSON, A. (1969). Mental Imagery. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
CHAMBERS, D. & REISBERG, D. (1985). Can mental images be ambiguous? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 11, 317-328. |
| PAIVIO, A. (1971). Imagery and verbal processes. New York : Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. |
FINKE, R.A. (1985). Theories relating imagery to perception. Psychological Bulletin, 98, 236-259. |
| PYLYSHYN Z.W. (1973). What the Mind's Eye Tells the Mind's Brain: A Critique of Mental Imagery. Psychological Bulletin, 80, 1-25. |
STERELNY, K. (1986). The imagery debate. Philosophy of Science 53, 560-583. |
| NEISSER, U. (1978). Perceiving, anticipating and imagining. Minnesota Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 9, 89-106. |
FINKE, R.A. (1989). Principles of mental imagery. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
| NEISSER, U. (1978). Anticipations, images and introspection. Cognition, 6, 167-174. |
FLAVELL, J.H., FLAVELL, E.R., GREEN, F.L. & KORFMAKER, J.E. (1990). Do young children think of television images as pictures or real objects? Journal of Broadcasting & Electronic Media, 34, 399-419. |
| |
TYE, M. (1991). The imagery debate. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
| TAYLOR, C.A. (1978). Images. London : Wykeham Publications. |
INHELDER, B. et PIAGET, J. (1991). Image mentale chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
| ANDERSON J.R. (1978). Arguments concerning representations for mental imagery. Psychological Review, 85, 249-277. |
BRANDIMONTE, M.A., HITCH, G.J. & BISHOP, D.V.M. (1992). Manipulation of visual mental images in children and adults. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 53, 300-312. |
| SHEPARD, R.N. (1978). The Mental Image. American Psychologist, 33, 125-137. |
KOSSLYN, S.M. (1994). Image and brain : The resolution of the imagery debate. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. |
| NEISSER, U. (1979). Images, models, and human nature. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 2, 561. |
SLEZAK, P. (1995). The “philosophical” case against visual imagery. In P. Slezak, T. Caelli, & R. Clark (Eds.), Perspectives on cognitive science : Theories, experiments and foundations. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
| |
MARKS, D.F. (1995). New directions for mental imagery research. Journal of Mental Imagery, 19, 153-167. |
| KOSSLYN, S.M. (1980). Image and mind. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
RICHARDSON, J.T.E. (1999). Mental imagery. Psychology Press : Hove, U.K. |
| REY, G. (1981). What are mental images? In N. Block (Ed.), Readings in the Philosophy of Psychology (Vol. 2). Cambridge, Massachusetts : Harvard University Press. |
THOMAS, N.J.T. (1999). Are theories of imagery theories of imagination? An active perception approach to conscious mental content. Cognitive Science, 23, 207-245. [PDF] |
| BLOCK, N. (Ed.) (1981). Imagery. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
BARTOLOMEO, P. (2002). The relationship between visual perception and visual mental imagery : A reappraisal of the neuropsychological evidence. Cortex, 38, 357-378. |
| |
KOSSLYN, S.M. THOMPSON, W.L. & GANIS, G. (2002). Mental imagery doesn’t work like that. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 25, 198-200. |
| PYLYSHYN Z.W. (1981). The imagery debate : analogue media versus tacit knowledge. Psychological Review, 88, 16-45. |
PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (2002). Mental imagery : In search of a theory. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 25 (2), 157-237. [PDF] |
| |
PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (2003). Return of the mental image : Are there really pictures in the brain? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (3), 113-118. |
| |
KOSSLYN, S.M. THOMPSON, W.L. & GANIS, G. (2006). The case for mental imagery. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
| SHEPARD, R.N. & COOPER, L.A (1982). Mental images and their transformations. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. |
WADE, N.J. (2007). Image, eye and retina. Journal of the Optical Society of America, 24, 1229-1249. |
|
|
| |
|
|
Imagerie par résonance magnétique (IRM) : Voir imagerie mentale. Magnetic resonance imaging.
| |
ANDREASON, N.C., ARNDT, S., SWAYZE, V. CIZADLO, T., FLAUM, D., OL'EARY, D., EHRHARDT, J.C & YUH, W.T. (1994). Thalamic abnormalities in schizophrenia visualized through magnetic resonance averaging. Science, 266, 294-298 |
| GUR, R.E., COWELL, P., TURETSKY, B.I., GALLACHER, F., CANNON, T., BILKER, W.D. & GUR, R.C. (1998). A follow-up magnetic resonance imaging study of schizophrenia. Archives of General Psychiatry 55, 145–152. |
| YEO, R.A., HILL, D., CAMPBELL, R., IGIL, J. & BROOKS, W.M. (2000). Developmental instability and working memory in children : a magnetic resonance spectroscopy investigation. Developmental Neuropsychology, 17, 143-159. |
| GASPAROVIC, C., YEO, R.A., MANNELL, M., ELGIE, R., PHILLIPS, J.P., DOZEMA, D. & MAYER, A.R. (2009). Neurometabolite concentrations in gray and white matter in mild traumatic brain injury : A 1H–magnetic resonance spectroscopy study. Journal of Neurotrauma, 26, 1635-1643. [PDF] |
| ROYET, J.P., HUDRY, J. et VIGOUROUX, M. (2000). Application de l'imagerie cérébrale à l'étude de l'olfaction. In Y. Christen, L. Collet et M.T. Droix-Lefaix (Dirs.), Rencontres IPSEN en ORL. (Tome 4, 73-87). Éditions Irvinn. |
| KASTLER, B.D. VETTER, Z. PATAY & GERMAIN, P. (2006). Comprendre l'IRM : Manuel d'auto-apprentissase. Msson. |
|
| |
|
Imagerie par résonance magnétique fonctionnelle (IRMf) : Technique qui s'appuie sur les principes de l'imagerie par résonance magnétique et qui permet de décrire les variations dans la consommation d'oxygène du cerveau (qui est une des mesures de l'activité globale du cerveau). Ces variations permettent d'inférer l'existence de certaines fonctions cognitives (neuro-imagerie cognitive). Functional neuroimaging,
functional magnetic resonance imaging.
| |
BLAMIRE, D.A. & BREITER, H. (1994).
Functional magnetic resonance imaging. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 2-7. |
HARUNO, M., KURODA, T., DOYA, K., TOYAMA, K., KIMURA, M., SAMEJINA, K., IMAMIZU, H. & KAWATO, M. (2004). A neural correlate of reward-based behavioral learning in caudate nucleus : a functional magnetic resonance imaging study of a stochastic decision task. Journal of Neurosciences, 24, 1660-1665. |
| COHEN, M.S. (1996). Functional MRI : A phrenology for the 1990’s?” Journal of Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 6, 273-274. |
VAUCLAIR, J. & NICOLAS, S. (Dirs) (2007). Localisation cérébrale des fonctions mentales.
De la cranioscopie de Gall à l'IRMf. Éditions Solal. |
| COHEN, M.S. (1997). Parametric analysis of fMRI data using linear systems methods. NeuroImage, 6 (2), 93-103. |
BENEVENTI, H., TØNNESSEN F.E. & ERSLAND, L.. (2009). Dyslexic children show short-term memory deficits in phonological storage and serial rehearsal : An fMRI Study. International Journal of Neuroscience, 119, 2017-2043. |
| PRICE, C.J. (2000). The anatomy of language : contributions from functional neuroimaging. Journal of Anatomy, 197, 335-359. |
LANDI N., MENCL, W.E., FROST, S.J., SANDAK, R.B. & PUGH, K.R. (2010). An fMRI study of multimodal semantic and phonological processing in reading disabled adolescents. Annals of Dyslexia, 60, 102-121. |
| KANWISHER, N. & DUNCAN, J. (Eds.). (2004). Functional neuroimaging of visual cognition : Attention and performance. New York : Oxford University Press. |
BRAZE, D., MENCL, W.E., TABOR, W., PUGH, K.R., CONSTABLE, R.T., FULBRIGHT, R.K., MAGNUSON, J.S., VAN DYKE, J.A. & SHANKWEILER, D.P. (2011). Unification of Sentence processing via ear and eye : An fMRI study. Cortex, 47, 416-431. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Imagination, Cognition & Personality : Revue scientifique de psychologie. Éditeur : Baywood Publishing Compagny.
STROUD, L.R., GLASER, J. & SALOVEY, P. (2005/6). The effetcs of partisanship and candidate emotionaly on voter preference. Imagination, Cognition & Personality, 25 (1), 25-44. |
|
Imago : Selon Jung, représentation inconsciente d'un personnage réel ou fictif. Imago.
|
|
|
Imipramine : Première molécule découverte en 1957 et commercialisée comme antidépresseur (trycyclique) en 1958. = melipramine.
| |
TERRACE, H.S. (1963). Errorless discrimination learning in the pigeon : Effects of chlorpromazine and imipramine. Science, 140, 318-319. |
CLARK, D.M., SALKOVSKIS, P.M., HACKMAN, A., MIDDLETON, H., ANASTASIADES, P. & GELDER, M. (1994). A comparison of cognitive therapy, applied relaxation, and imipramine in the treatment of panic disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 759-769. |
| KLEIN, D.F. (1964). Delineation of two drug-responsive anxiety syndromes. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 5, 397-408. |
STRAVYNSKI, A., VERREAULT, R., GAUDETTE, G., LANGLOIS, R., GAGNIER, & LAROSE, R. (1994). The treatment of depression with group behavioral-cognitivetherapy and imipramine. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 39, 387-390. |
| COHN, J.B. & WILOX, C. (1985). A comparison of fluoxetine, imipramine, and placebo inpatients with major depressive disorde. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 46, 26–31. |
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W. (2000) .Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19), 2529-2536. |
| COVI, L., & LIPMAN, R.S. (1987). Cognitive behavioral group psychotherapy combined with imipramine in major depression. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 23, 173-176. |
LEPOLA, U., ARATO, M., ZHU Y. & AUSTIN, C. (2003). Sertraline versus imipramine treatment of comorbid panic disorder and major depressive disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64 (6), 654-662. |
| LABERGE, B., GAUTHIER, J. & FRADET, C. (1988). L'imipramine dans le traitement par exposition de l'agoraphobie : Un examen critique de la littérature. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science/Revue Canadienne des Sciences du Comportement, 20 (3), 332-348. |
|
|
|
|
|
Imitation : Reproduction des comportements d'un modèle à la suite de l'observation de ce modèle. Imitation, imitative behavior, imitation learning, spontaneous imitation.
| |
TARDE, G. (1890). Les maladies de l’imitation. Revue scientifique, 24, 737-748. |
SHERRY, D.F. & GALEF, B.G., (1990). Social learning without imitation : More about milk bottle opening by birds. Animal Behaviour, 40, 987-989. |
| TARDE, G. (1890/2001). Les lois de l'imitation. Paris : Alcan/ Paris : Les empêcheurs de penser en rond. |
HEYES, C.M., DAWSON, G.R. & NOKES, T. (1992). Imitation in rats : Initial responding and transfer evidence. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45B, 81-92. |
| MILLER, N. & DOLLARD, J. (1941). Social learning and imitation. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press. |
HEYES, C.M. (1993.). Imitation, culture and cognition. Animal Behaviour, 46, 999-1010. |
| CHURCH, R.M. (1957). Two procedures for the establishment of imitative behavior. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 50, 315-318. |
TOMASELLO, M., SAVAGE-RUMBAUGH, S. & KRUGER, A.C. (1993). Imitative learning of actions on objects by children, chimpanzees, and enculturated chimpanzees. Child Development, 64, 1688-1705. |
| ROSENBLITH, J.F. (1959). Learning by imitation in kindergarten children. Child Development, 30, 69-80. |
WHITEN, A. & CUSTANCE, D. (1996). Studies of imitation in chimpanzees and children. In C.M. Heyes & B.G. Galef (Eds.), Social learning in animals : The roots of culture (pp. 291-318). San Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
| BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1961). Transmision of agression through imitation of aggressive models. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63, 575-582. [LIRE] |
AKINS, C.K. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1996). Imitative learning in male Japanese quail (Coturnix japonica) using the two-action method. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 110, 316-320. |
| |
ZENTALL, T.R., SUTTON, J. & SHERBURNE, L.M. (1996). True imitative learning in pigeons. Psychological Science, 7, 343-346. |
| BANDURA, A. (1962). Social learning through imitation. In M.R. Jones (Ed.), Nebraska symposium on motivation. Lincoln : University of Nebraska Press. |
HEYES, C.M. (1996). Genuine imitation. In C.M. Heyes & B.G. Galef (Eds.), Social learning in animals : The roots of culture. Academic Press. |
| PIAGET, J. (1962). Le rôle de l'imitation dans la formation de la représentation. Évolution psychiatrique, 27, 141-150 |
KAISER, D.H., ZENTALL, T.R.. & GALEF, B.G. (1997). Can imitation in pigeons be explained by local
enhancement together with trial-and-error learning ? Psychological Science, 8, 459-460. |
| FRASER, C., BELLUGI, U. & BROWN, R. (1963). Control of grammar in imitation, comprehension, and production. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 2, 121-135. |
SCHMAJUK, N.A. & ZANUTTO, B.S. (1997). Escape, avoidance, and imitation : a neural network approach. Adaptive Behavior, 6 (1), 63-129. |
| BANDURA, A., ROSS, D. & ROSS, S.A. (1963). Vicarious reinforcement and imitative learning. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 67, 601-607. |
VOELKEL, B. & HUBER, L. (2000). True imitation in marmosets. Animal Behaviour, 60, 195-202. |
| BANDURA, A. (1963). The role of imitation in personality. The Journal of Nursery Education, 18 (3), 207-215. |
RIZZOLATTI, G., FOGASSI, L. & GALESSE, V. (2001). Neurophysiological mechanisms underlying the understanding and imitation of action. Nature Neuroscience Reviews, 2, 661-670. |
| BAER, D.M. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1964). Reinforcement control of generalized imitation in young children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 1, 37-49. |
HEYES, C.M. & RAY, E. (2000). What is the significance of imitation in animals? Advances in the Study of Behavior, 29, 215-245. |
| BAER, D.M., PETERSON, R.F. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1967). Development of imitation by reinforcing behavioral similarity to a model. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10, 405-415. [PDF] |
DORRANCE, B.R. & ZENTALL, T.R. (2002). Imitation of conditional discriminations in pigeons. Journal of Com- parative Psychology, 116, 277–285. |
| BRIGHAM, T.A. & SHERMAN, J.A. (1968). An experimental analysis of verbal imitation in preschool children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 151-158. [PDF] |
METZ, J.R. (1965). Conditioning generalized imitation in
autistic children. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 2, 389-399. |
| WALTERS, R.H. & WILLOWS, D.C. (1968). Imitative behavior of disturbed and nondisturbed children following exposure to aggressive and nonaggressive models. Child Development, 39 (1), 79-89. |
MELTZOFF, A.N. (2002). Imitation as a mechanism of social cognition : Origins of empathy, theory of mind, and the representation of action. In U. Goswami (Ed.), Handbook of childhood cognitive development (pp. 6-25). Oxford : Blackwell Publishers. |
| STEINMAN, W.M. (1970). The social control of generalised imitation. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (3), 159-167. [PDF] |
|
| GARCIA, E., BAER, D.M. & FIRESTONE, I. (1971). The development of generalized imitation within topographically determined boundaries. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 4, 101-112. [PDF] |
|
| PETERSON, R.F. & WHITEHURST, G.J. (1971). A variable influencing the performance of generalized imitative behaviors. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 4 (1), 1-9. [PDF] |
GALEF, B.G. (2003). Is there a process of imitation and, if it exists is it best analyzed by not studying imitation. In Hurley, S. & Chater, N. (Eds.), Perspectives on imitation: from mirror neurons to memes. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
| WAHLER, R.G. & NORDQUIST, V.M. (1973). Adult discipline as a factor in childhood imitation. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 1, 40-56. |
GOLDMAN, A. (2004). Imitation, mindreading, and simulation. In S. Hurley & N. Chater (Eds.), Perspectives on imitation : From cognitive neuroscience to social science. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
| WILL, B., PALLAUD, B., SOCZKA, M. & MANIKOWSKI, S. (1974). Imitation of lever pressing "strategies" during the operant conditioning of albino rats. Animal Behaviour, 22, 664-671. |
HEYES, C.M. (2001). Causes and consequences of imitation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5, 253-261. |
| |
BAAREN, VAN, R.B., HOLLAND, R.W., STEENAERT, B. & VAN KNIPERBERG, A. (2003). Mimicry for money : Behavioral consequences of imitation. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 39, 393–398.
[PDF] |
| PERRY, D.G. & BUSSEY, K. (1979). The social learning theory of sex differences: Imitation is alive and well.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (10), 1699-1712. |
ZENTALL, T.R. (2003). Imitation by animals : How do they do it? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12 (3), 91-94. [PDF] |
| |
SUBIAUL, F., CANTLON, J., HOLLOWAY, R. & TERRACE, H.S. (2004). Cognitive imitation in rhesus macaques. Science, 305, 407-410. [PDF] |
| BUNCH, G.B. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1980). Imitation of a passive avoidance response in the rat. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 15, 73-75. |
GALEF, B.G. (2004). Animal traditions : the social transmission of behavior. In M. Naguib (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language and linguistics. Oxford : Elsevier. |
| SHERRY, D.F. & GALEF, B.G. (1984). Cultural transmission without imitation : Milk bottle opening by birds. Animal Behaviour, 32, 937-938. |
HUESMANN, L.R. (2005). Imitation and the effects of observing media violence on behavior. In S. Hurley & N. Chater (Eds.), Perspectives on imitation : From neuroscience to social science; Imitation, human development, and culture. (Vol.2, pp. 257-266). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
| MITCHELL, R.W. (1987). A comparative developmental approach to understanding imitation. In P.P.G. Bateson & P.H. Klopfer (Eds.), Perspectives in ethology (Vol. 7, pp. 183-215). New York : Plenum Press. |
DANCHIN, É., GIRALDEAU, L.-A., VALONE, T.J. et R.H. WAGNER, R.H. (2005). L’imitation dans le monde animal : Information publique et évolution culturelle. Terrain, 44, 91-108. |
| GALEF, B.G. (1988). Imitation in animals : History, definition and interpretation of data from the psychological laboratory. In T.R. Zentall & B.G. Galef, Jr. (Eds.), Social learning : Psychological and biological perspectives ( pp. 3-28.). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
HEYES, C.M. & BRASS, M. (2006). Grasping the difference : What apraxia can tell us about theories of imitation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10, 95-96. |
|
IACOBONI, M. (2009). Imitation, empathy, and mirror neurons. Annual Review of Psychology, 60, 653-670. |
| |
|
|
Immatériel : Qui existe mais qui ne peut être localisé dans le temps et l'espace. Qui ne possède pas les propriétés intrinsèques de la matière (poids, longueur, densité, etc). /matériel.
|
|
|
Immigration : Immigration.
| |
GODDARD, H.H. (1917). Mental tests and the immigrant. Journal of Delinquency, 2, 243-277. |
TERMOTE, M. (2003). L'immigration n'est qu'une solution partielle. Le cas des États-Unis et du Canada. Forum, Revue Suisse pour l'Étude des Migrations et de la Population, 2, 32-36. |
| SABATIER, C. & BERRY, J.W. (1994). Immigration et acculturation. In R.Y. Bourhis & J.P. Leyens (Eds.), Stéréotypes, discrimination et relations intergroupes (pp. 261-291). Liège : Mardaga. |
YING, Y.W. & LEE, P.A. (2006). The contribution of ethnic and American identities to the migrant’s self-esteem: An empirical investigation. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 3 (1), 39-50. |
| LEDENT, J. et TERMOTE, M. (1999). L'immigration et la croissance des régions métropolitaines : implications politiques. Options politiques - Policy Options, 20, 39-44. |
EHRENSAFT, E. et TOUSIGNANT, M. (2006). Immigration and resilience. In D.L. Sam & J.W. Berry (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of acculturation psychology (pp. 467-483). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
| KRAMER, E., IVEY, S. & YING, Y. (Eds.) (1999). Immigrant Women's Health : Problems and solutions. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
YING, Y.W., LEE, P.A. & TSAI, J.L. (2007). Attachment, sense of coherence and mental health among Chinese American college students : Variation by migration status. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 31, 531-544. |
| LEE, Y. & OTTATI, V. (2002). Attitudes toward U.S. Immigration Policy : The role of ingroup-outgroup bias, economic concern, and obedience to law. Journal of Social Psychology, 142, 617-634. |
YING, Y.W. & HAN, M. (2007). Familism and mental health : Variation between Asian American children of immigrants and refugees. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 4 (4), 333-348. |
| TERMOTE, M. (2002). La mesure de l'impact économique de l'immigration internationale. Problèmes méthodologiques et résultats empiriques. Cahiers Québécois de Démographie, 31 (1), 35-67. |
VAN OODENHOVEN, J. P., JUDD, C.M. & WARD, C. (2008). Social psychology and immigration. In L. Steg, B. Buunk & T. Rothengatter (Eds.), Applied social psychology : Understanding and managing social problems (pp. 141- 161). Camridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
COSTELLO, K. & HODSON, G. (2011). Social dominance-based threat reactions to immigrants in need of assistance. European Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 220-231. |
| |
|
Impérialisme :
| |
SEMMEL, B. (1960). Imperialism and social reform. English social-imperial thought, 1895- 1914. London : Allen & Unwin. |
|
| |
|
Implication (logique) :
|
Implication parentale : Temps et efforts consacrés par les parents à l'éducation de leurs enfants. Parent involvement.
| |
WILLIAMS, E., RADIN, N. & COGGINS, K. (1996). Paternal involvement in childrearing and the school performance of Ojibwa children : An exploratory study. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 42, 578-595. |
| GAVIN, K.M. & GREENFIELD, D.B. (1998). A comparison of levels of involvement for parents with at-risk African American kindergarten children in classrooms with high versus low teacher encouragement. Journal of Black Psychology, 24 (4), 403-417. |
| DESLANDES, R. & BERTRAND, R. (2004). Motivation of parent involvement in secondary-level schooling. The Journal of Educational Research, 98, 164-175. |
|
| |
|
Implication et participation politique :
| |
JUDD, C.M., KROSNICK, J.A. & MILBURN, M.A. (1981). Political involvement and attitude structure in the general public. American Sociological Review, 46, 660-669. |
| WINKLER, J.D., JUDD, C.M. & KELMAN, H.C. (1981-1982). Determinants of political participation in a Canadian and a United States city. Political Psychology, 3, 140-161. |
|
| |
|
Implication sociale :
|
Importance de l'effet : Voir Effet. Effect size. |
Impression (Première) : Évaluation sommaire et rapide d'autrui (ou d'un objet), qui influence les impressions suivantes et qui persiste en dépit des informations qui en nient la pertinence ou la véracité. First impression.
| |
KELLEY,
H.H. (1950). The warm-cold variable in first impressions of persons. Journal of Personality, 18, 431-439. |
| WILLIS, J. & TODOROV, A. (2006). First impressions : Making up your mind after 100 ms exposure to a face. Psychological Science, 17, 592-598. |
| OLIVOLA, C. Y. & TODOROV, A. (2010). Fooled by first impressions? Re-examining the diagnostic value of appearance-based inferences. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 46 (2), 315-324. |
|
| |
|
Impressions (Formation des...) : Ce que l'on ressent sans être capable de le décrire avec clarté, souvent parce que cette sentation s'estompe rapidement, qu'elle est nouvelle (première impression) ou trop complexe. Sur un continuum, l'impression se situe entre la sensation brute et le raisonnement logique. = vague idée. Impression formation, forming impression.
| |
ASCH, S.E. (1946). Forming impressions of personality. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 41, 258-290. |
BRITT, L. & HEISE, D. (1992). Impressions of self-directed action. Social Psychology Quarterly, 55, 335-350. |
| KELLEY, H.H. (1950). The warm-cold variable in first impressions of persons. Journal of Personality, 78, 431-439. |
GRANGER, D.A., WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1993). Malleability of social impressions of hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 21, 631-647. |
| HEIDER, F. (1967). On social cognition. American Psychologist, 22, 25-31. |
REYNOLDS, G.S. & OAKES, P. J. (2000). Variability in impression formation : Investigating the role of motivation, capacity and the categorization process. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 26, 355-373. |
| GOLLOB, H. (1968). Impression formation and word combination in sentences. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 10, 341-53. |
HEISE, D. (2000). Affect control theory and impression formation. In E. Borgatta and M. Borgatta (Eds.), Encyclopedia of sociology (pp. 41-47). New York : Macmillan. |
| MARTIN, L.L. (1986). Set/reset : Use and disuse of concepts in impres- sion formation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 493– 504. |
|
| McFARLAND C. & ROSS, M. (1987). The relation between current impressions and memories of self and dating partners. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 13, 228-238. |
|
| NEUBERG, S.L. & FISKE, S.T. (1987). Motivational influences on impression formation : Outcome dependency, accuracy-driven attention, and individuating processes. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53, 431-444. |
ULEMAN, J. S., BLADER, S. & TODOROV, A. (2005). Implicit impressions. In R. Hassin, J.S. Uleman & J.A. Bargh (Eds.), The new unconscious (pp. 362-392). New York : Oxford University Press. |
| HEISE, D. & THOMAS, L. (1989). Predicting impressions created by combinations of emotion and social identity. Social Psychology Quarterly, 52, 141-148. |
DENRELL, J. (2005). Why most people disapprove of me : Experience sampling in impression formation. Psychological Review, 112 (4), 951-978. |
|
|
| |
|
Imprévisible : Que l'on ne peut prévoir avec certitude. Selon Crozier, qualifie le comportement d'un acteur qui ne joue pas parfaitement son rôle, et dont on ne peut prédire avec certitude la façon d'agir. = sortir de son texte, se comporter de façon inattendue. /prévisible.
|
Impuissance (sociale) : Chez un individu ou un groupe, absence ou manque de pouvoir qui se traduit par une incapacité d'agir, de se développer. Powerlessness.
| |
LIPS, H.M. (2002). Female powerlessness : Still a case of "cultural preparedness"? In A.E. Hunte & C. Forden (Eds.), Readings in the psychology of gender : Exploring our differences and commonalities (pp. 19-37). Needham Heights, MA : Allyn & Bacon. |
|
| |
|
Impuissance (sexuelle) : Incapacité sexuelle masculine qui se traduit essentiellement par une absence d'érection. En l'absence de causes organiques ou neuro-hormonales, on attribue souvent cette impuissance à des inhibitions psychiques ou à une dépression. Erectile disorder, erectile failure.
| |
ROSEN R.C. & LEIBLUM, S.R. (Eds) (1992). Erectile disorders, assessment and treatment. New York : The Guilford Press. |
| LOPICOLLO, J. (1999). Psychological evaluation of erectile failure. In C.C. Carson, R.S. Kirby & I. Goldstein (Eds.), Textbook of male erectile dysfunction. Oxford, England : Isis Media Ltd. |
|
| |
|
|
Impulsivité/Impulsif : Tendance à agir sans réfléchir, sans mesurer les conséquences de ses comportements. Comportement émis en l'absence de tout raisonnement ou réflexion préalable et qui, lors de son exécution, échappe au contrôle de l'individu. /contrôle de soi. Impulsivity, impulsiveness.
| |
MEICHENBAUM,
D.H. & GOODMAN, J. (1971). Training impulsive children to talk
to themselves : A means of developing self-control. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 77, 115-126. |
|
| CAMPBELL, S.B. (1973). Mother–child interaction in reflective, impulsive, and hyperacative children. Developmental Psychology, 8, 341–349. |
ISHII, K., (2002). Self-control and impulsiveness with asynchronous presentation of reinforcement schedules. Behavioral Processes, 59, 25-35. |
| AINSLIE, G.W. (1974). Impulse control in pigeons. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 21, 4 85- 489. [PDF] |
COFFEY, S.F., GUDLESKI, G.D., SALADIN, M.E. & BRADY, K.T. (2003). Impulsivity and rapid discounting of delayed hypothetical rewards in cocaine-dependent individuals. Experimental & Clinical Psychopharmacology, 11, 18-25. |
SHAFFER, D., McNAMARA, N., & PINCUS, J. H. (1974). Controlled observations on patterns of activity, attention, and impulsivity in brain-damaged and psychiatrically disturbed boys. Psychological Medicine, 4, 4–18. |
|
| AINSLIE, G.W. (1975). Specious reward : A behavioral theory of impulsiveness and impulse control. Psychological Bulletin, 82 (4), 463-496. [PDF] |
HINSHAW, S.P. (2003). Impulsivity, emotion regulation, and developmental psychopathology : Specificity vs. generality of linkages. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1008, 149-159. |
GORDON, M. (1979). The assessment of impulsivity and mediating behaviors in hyperactive and non-hyperactive children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7, 317–326. |
|
MILICH, R. & KRAMER, J. (1985). Reflections on impulsivity : An empirical investigation of impulsivity as a construct. In K. Gadow & I. Bialer (Eds.), Advances in learning and behavioral disabilities (Vol. 3, pp. 57-94). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press. |
OWENS, J.S. & HOZA, B. (2003). The role of inattention and hyperactivity/impulsivity in the positive illusory bias. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 71, 680-691
|
| BOEHMER., BLAKELY, E. & POLING, A. (1986). Runway
length as a determinant of self-control in rats. The Psy
chological Record, 36, 285–288. |
|
| LACEY, J.H. & EVANS, D. H. (1986). The impulsivist : A multi-impulsive personality disorder. British Journal of Addiction, 81, 641-649. |
VAIDYA, J.G., GRIPPO, A.J., JOHNSON, A.K. & WATSON, D. (2004). A comparative developmental study of impulsivity in rats and humans : The role of reward sensitivity. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 102, 395-398. |
| GERBING, D.W., AHADI, S.A. & PATTON, J.H. (1987). Toward a conceptualization of impulsivity : Components across the behavioral and self-report domains. Multivariate Behavioral Research, 22, 357-379. |
|
| SCHACHAR, R.J. & LOGAN, G.D. (1990). Impulsivity and inhibitory control in normal development and childhood psychopathology. Developmental Psychology, 26, 710-720. |
NEEF, N.A., MARCKEL, J., FERRERI, S.J., BICARD, D.F., ENDO, S., AMAN, M.G., MILLER, K.M., JUNG, S., NIST, L. & ARMSTRONG, N. (2005). Behavioral assessment of impulsivity : A comparison of children with and without attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38 (1), 23-37. [LIRE] |
| LOGUE, A.W. & KING, G.R. (1991). Self-control and impulsiveness in adult humans when food is the reinforcer. Appetite, 17, 105-120. |
|
| BAER, R.A. & NEITZEL, M.T. (1991). Cognitive and behavioral treatment of impulsivity in children : A meta-analytic review of the outcome literature. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 20 (4), 400-412. |
NEEF, N.A., BICARD, D., ENDO, S., COURY, D. & AMAN, M. (2005). Evaluation of pharmacological treatment of impulsivity in children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 38, 135-146. [LIRE] |
| LOGUE, A.W. & CHAVARRO, A. (1992). Self-control and
impulsiveness in preschool children. Psychological Record, 42, 189-204. |
|
| HALPERIN, J.M., MATIER, K., BEDI, G., SHARMA, V. & NEWCORN, J.H. (1992). Specificity of inattention, impulsivity, and hyperactivity to the diagnosis of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 31, 190–196. |
REYNOLDS, B., ORTENGREN, A., RICHARDS, J.B. & DE WIT, H. (2001). Dimensions of impulsive behavior : Personality and behavioral measures. Personality & Individual Differences, 40 (2), 305-315. |
| NEEF, N.A., MACE, F.C. & SHADE, D. (1993). Impulsivity in students with serious emotional disturbance : The interactive effects of reinforcer rate, delay, and quality. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (1), 37-52. [PDF] |
STRACK, F., WERTH, L. & DEUTSCH, R. (2006).
Reflective and impulsive determinants of consumer behavior. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 16 (3), 205-216. |
| HYTEN, C., MADDEN, G.J. & FIELD, D.P. (1994). Exchange delays and impulsive choice in adult humans. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 62 (2), 225–233. [PDF] |
|
| KINDLON D., MEZZACAPPA, E. & EARLS, F. (1995). Psychometric properties of impulsivity measures : Temporal stability, validity and factor structure. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 36, 645–661. |
|
| MADDEN, G.J., PETRY, N., BADGER, G.J. & BICKEL, W.K. (1997). Impulsive and self- control choices in opiate-dependent patients and non-drug-using control participants : Drug and monetary rewards. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 5, 256-262. |
NOWER, L. & BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006). Impulsivity and pathological gambling : A descriptive model. International Gambling Studies, 6 (1), 61-75. |
| BICKEL, W.K, ODUM,, A.L, MADDEN, G.J. (1999). Impulsivity and cigarette smoking: delay discounting in current, never, and ex-smokers. Psychopharmacology, 146 (4), 447-454. |
ZOUK, H., TOUSIGNANT, M., SÉGUIN, M., LESAGE, A. & TURECKI, G. (2006). Characterization of impulsivity in suicide completers : Clinical, behavioral and psychosocial dimensions. Journal of Affective Disorders, 92 (2-3), 195-204. |
| VITARO, F., ARSENAULT, L. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (1999). Impulsivity predicts gambling in low SES adolescent males. Addiction, 94, 565-575. |
ENGEL, S.G., BOSECK, J.J., CROSBY, R.D., WONDERLICH, S.A., MITCHELL, E., SMYTH, J., MILTENBERGER, R.G. & STEIGER, S. (2007). The relationship of momentary anger and impulsivity to bulimic behavior. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 45, 437-447. |
| AINSLIE, G.W. & MONTEROSSO, J. (1999). Beyond discounting : Possible experimental models of impulse control. Psychopharmacology, 146, 339-347. [PDF] |
BREWER, J.A. & POTENZA, M.N. (2008). The neurobiology and genetics of impulse control disorders : Relationships to drug addictions. Biochemical Pharmacology, 75, 63-75. |
| OLSON, S. L., SCHILLING, E.M., & BATES, J.E. (1999). Measurement of impulsivity : Construct coherence, longitudinal stability, and relationship with externalizing problems in middle childhood and adolescence. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 27, 151-165. |
SWANN, A.C., LIJFFIJT, M., LANE, S.D., STEINBERG, J.L. & MOELLER, F.G. (2009). Trait impulsivity and response inhibition in antisocial personality disorder. Journal of Psychiatric Research, 43, 1057-1063. |
| OQUENDO, M.A. & MANN, J.J. (2000). The biology of impulsivity and suicidality. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 23 (1), 11-25. |
MADDEN G.J. & BICKEL, W.K. (Eds.) (2010). Impulsivity : The behavioral and neurological science of discounting. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association |
| NEEF, N.A., BICARD, D.F. & ENDO, S. (2001). Assessment of impulsivity and the development of self-control by students with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (4), 397-408. [PDF] |
KLONSKY, E.D. & MAY, A. (2010). Rethinking impulsivity in suicide. Suicide & Life-Threatening Behavior, 40, 612-619. |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Inapte à subir son procès : Expression utilisée en droit pour désigner l'état mental (folie passagère ou non) d'un accusé (souvent de meurtre) qui par suite d'une évaluation psychiatrique est déclaré incapable de suivre le déroulement de son propre procès. = plaider la folie. Inapte à subir son procès et crimellement non-responsable de ses actes.
|
Incertitude : État d'un phénomène dont l'apparition ou l'existence est peu probable ou dont la certitude n'est pas absolue. Incertitude, risque et décision. /certitude. Uncertainty.
| |
ALCHIAN, A.A. (1950). Uncertainty, evolution, and economic theory. The Journal of Political Economy, 58, (3), 211-221. |
| FISHCHOFF, B. (1975). Hindsight 61⁄4 foresight : The effect of outcome knowledge on judgment under uncertainty. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 1, 288–299. |
| KAHNEMAN, D. & TVERSKY, A (1982). Variants of uncertainty. Cognition, 11, 143-157. |
| KAHNEMAN, D., SLOVIC, P. & TVERSKY, A (Eds.) (1982). Judgement under uncertainty : Heuristics and biases. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
| BERTHELOT, J.-M. (1996/2004). Les vertus de l’incertitude. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
| HALPERN, J.Y. (2003). Reasoning about uncertainty. MIT Press, Cambridge. |
| MAZUR, J.E. (2004). Risky choice : Selecting between certain and uncertain outcomes. Behavior Analysis Today, 5, 190-203. |
| AINSLIE, G.W. (2005). Uncertainty as wealth. Behavioural Processes, 64, 369-385. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Inceste : Relation ou attouchements sexuels entre proches parents. Selon Freud, le tabou de l’inceste serait à l’origine de la formation de groupes en société en imposant l’exogamie c-à-d les relations à l’extérieur du groupe. Inceste et famille. Incest.
| |
DURKHEIM, É. (1896-1897/1969). La prohibition de l’inceste et ses origines. L’Année Sociologique, 1, 1-70. / Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
SIMON, B. (1992). "Incest—See under Oedipus complex" : The history of an error in psychoanalysis. Journal of American Psychoanalysis Association, 40, 955-988. |
| FREUD, S. (1913/2004). Totem et tabou. Paris : Payot. |
HÉRITIER, F. (1994). Les deux soeurs et leur mère : anthropologie de l'inceste. Paris : Éditions Odile Jacob. |
| LEVI-STRAUSS, C. (1949/67). Les structures élémentaires de la parenté. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France/La Haye-Paris : Mouton et Cie. |
GABBARD, G.O. & TWEMLOW, S.W. (1994). The role of mother-son incest in the pathogenesis of narcissistic personality disorder. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 42 (1), 59-177. |
| QUINSEY, V.L., CHAPLIN, T.C. & CARRIGNAN, W.F. (1979). Sexual preferences among incestuous and non-incestuous child molesters. Behavior Therapy, 10, 562-565. |
CAMERON, P. & CAMERON, K. (1995). Does incest cause homosexuality? Psychological Reports, 76, 611-621. |
| SAUCIER, J.F. (1985). Prévention de l'inceste : enfin des moyens. Santé Mentale au Québec, 10 (1), 5-7. |
ALEXANDER, P. (1995). Une conceptualisation systémique de l’inceste. Thérapie Familiale, 16 (4), 403-414. |
| PIERCE, L.H. & PIERCE, R.L. (1987). Incestuous victimization by juvenile sex offenders. Journal of Family Violence, 2 (4), 351-364. |
GODBEY, J.K. & HUTCHINSON, S.A. (1996). Healing from incest : Resurrecting the buried self. Archives of Psychiatric Nursing, 10, 304-310. |
| ARMSWORTH, M.W. (1989). Therapy of incest survivors : Abuse or support? Child Abuse & Neglect, 13, 549-562. |
|
| DIAMOND, D. (1989). Father-daughter incest: Unconscious fantasy and social fact. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 6, 421-437. |
|
|
|
| |
|
Incidence : Ce terme a au moins deux acceptions : a) En épidémiologie, mesure de l'état de santé physique ou mentale d'une population à un moment donné. Pour une pathologie donnée, cette mesure le nombre de nouveaux cas de cette pathologie observés pendant une période et pour une population déterminées. b) Synonyme d'effet ou d'influence. *prévalence.
|
Inclusion (logique) : Opération logique qui consiste à former des catégories d'éléments par abstraction. EX: L'existentialisme (élément inclu) est un humanisme (catégorie), mais les humanistes ne sont pas tous des existentialistes (élément exclu). Inclusion.
|
Inclusion sociale : /exclusion sociale. Social inclusion.
| |
DOVIDIO, J.F., GAERTNER, S.L., HODSON, G., HOULETTE, M. & JOHNSON, K.M. (2005). Social inclusion and exclusion : Recategorization and the perception of intergroup boundaries. In D. Abrams, J.M., Marques & M.A. Hogg (Eds.), The Social psychology of inclusion and exclusion (pp. 246-264). Philadelphia : Psychology Press. |
|
| |
|
Incommensurable/Incommensurabilité : Pour Kuhn, qualifie un paradigme qui ne peut être comparé à d'autres (normalement le paradigme auquel il succède), car, par définition, le paradigme définit ses propres critères de vérité et ses propres conditions de mise à l'épreuve. Incommensurability.
| |
WISDOM, J.O. (1974). The incommensurability thesis. Philosophical Studies, 25, 299-301. |
| PHILLIPS, D.L. (1975). Paradigms and incommensurability. Theory & Society, 2, 37-61. |
| DEVITT, M. (1979). Against incommensurability. Australasian Journal of Philosophy 57, 29-50. |
| SIEGEL, H. (1980). Objectivity, rationality, incommensurability and more. British Journal of the Philosophy of Science, 31, 359-84. |
| PEARCE, D. (1987). Roads to commensurability. Dordrecht : Reidel. |
| SANKEY, H. (1993). Kuhn's changing concept of incommensurability. British Journal of the Philosophy of Science, 44, 759-74. |
| SANKEY, H. (1994). The incommensurability thesis. Aldershot : Avebury. |
| CHARLAND, M. (2003). The incommensurability thesis and the status of knowledge/La thèse de l'incommensurabilité et le statut de la connaissance. Philosophy & Rhetoric, 36 (3), 248-263. |
|
| |
|
Incommunicabilité : Difficulté à communiquer avec autrui résultant, non pas d'un manque d'habileté ou de l'absence de sociabilité, mais de la multiplicité des sources d'information actuellement disponibles, de l'absence de repères communs. EX: Difficulté de discuter avec des collègues car personne n'a lu les mêmes articles/livres sur un thème donné ou impossibilité de discuter littérature avec des amis car personne n'a lu le même auteur/roman.
|
|
Incongruence : Chez Rogers, état qui caractérise l'individu en désaccord avec lui-même. = conflit, désaccord. Incongruence.
|
Inconscient : Au sens large, absence de conscience. Chez Freud, l'inconscient désigne une force hypothétique qui pousse les individus à agir à leur insu ou contre leur volonté. Cet inconscient se forme à partir d'expériences conscientes refoulées dans la prime enfance. L'inconscient est une propriété du ça, du surmoi et des mécanismes de défense du moi. *inconscience, subconscient. /conscient. Unconscious.
| |
CARUS C.G. (1846). Psyche. |
HEVRIN, H. & DICKMAN, S. (1980). The psychological unconscious : A necessary assumption for all psychological theory ? American Psychologist, 35, 421-434. |
| JANET, P. (1889). L'automatisme psychologique. Paris : Alcan. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1990). Why instinctual impulses can't be unconscious : An exploration of Freud's cognitivism. Psychoanalysis & Contemporary Thought, 13, 265-288. |
| FREUD, S. (1900/27). The interpretation of dreams / Interprétation des rêves. London : George Allen and Unwin Ltd. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1991). Why emotions can't be unconscious : An exploration of Freud's essentialism. Psychoanalysis & Contemporary Thought, 14, 29-67. |
| FREUD, S. (1904). Psychopathologie de la vie quotidienne. Paris : Payot. |
ELLENBERGER, H.F. (1993). Beyond the unconscious : Essays in the history of psychiatry. Princeton : Princeton University Press. |
| FREUD, S. (1923/81). Le moi et le ça. Paris : Payot. |
MERIKLE, P.M. & JOORDENS, S. (1997). Measuring unconscious influences. In J.D. Cohen & J.W. Schooler (Eds.), Scientific approaches
to consciousness (pp. 109–123). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
| SCHMIDEBERG, M. (1933). Some unconscious mechanisms in pathological sexuality and their relation to normal sexuality. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 14, 225-260. |
GRÜNBAUM, A. (2001). L’inconscient à l’épreuve. Sciences et Avenir (July/August), 42-49. |
| BRUGMANS, H.J.F.W. (1939).The psychic unconscious and the psychological unconscious. Acta Psychologica, 4, 241-274. |
ELLENBERGER, H.F. (2001). Histoire de l'inconscient. Paris : Fayard. |
| EY, H. (1964). Le déchiffrement de l'inconscient ; Travaux psychanalytiques. Paris : L'Harmattan. |
BANAJI, M., LEMM, K. M., & CARPENTER, S.J. (2001). The social unconscious. In A. Tesser & N. Schwarz (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of social psychology : Intraindividual processes (pp. 134-158). Oxford : Blackwell. |
| EY, H. (1966). L’inconscient. Paris : Desclée de Brouwer. |
HASSIN, R., ULEMAN, J.S. & BARGH, J.A. (Eds.) (2005). The new unconscious. New York : Oxford University Press. |
| ANZIEU, D. (1975). Le groupe et l'inconscient. Paris : Dunod. |
|
|
|
| |
|
Inconscient collectif : Terme utilisé par Jung pour désigner les images et les symboles qui, selon lui, ne résultent par de l'expérience d'un individu (= inconscient individuel), mais plutôt de l'histoire de l'espèce humaine (phylogénèse). N.D.L.R.: Il convient de préciser que l'on a jamais montré l'existence de ce phénomène.
|
Incorporation : Processus, plus ou moins fantasmatique, par lequel un sujet fait pénétrer et garde un objet à l'intérieur de son corps. Incorporation.
|
Indémontrable : Se dit d'un énoncé que l'on ne peut confronter aux faits, soit 1) parce qu'il est flou ou imprécis; 2) soit parce qu'il a un caractère général ou universel et joue, de ce fait, un rôle essentiel (axiome) au sein d'une théorie.
|
|
Indexer : Se dit d'une mémoire dans laquelle l'information est stockée selon un ordre temporel et spatial (mémoire épisodique). EX: La plupart des gens se souviennent du lieu et du moment de leur première relation sexuelle. = indexation.
| |
PERRY, J. (1979). The problem of the essential indexical. Nous, 13, 3-21. |
| DUTTA, A. & NAIRNE, J.S. (1993). The separability of space and time : dimensional interaction in the memory trace. Memory & Cognition, 21, 440-448. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Indexicalité : En ethnométhodologie, désigne la proprité d'un mot, d'une expression ou d'un texte qui n'a de sens que dans le contexte où il a été produit.
|
Indian Journal of Clinical Psychology : Revue scientifiquede psychologie.= Indian J Clin Psychol
WHITEBREAD, J. & McGOWN, A. (1994). The treatment of bulimia nervosa what is effective : A meta-analysis. Indian Journal of Clinical Psychology, 21, 32-44.
|
|
Indian Journal of Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie.
BHATNAGAR, M., & SEN, A. (1973). The effect of the Von-Restorff phenomenon on different temporal positions in serial learning. Indian Journal of Psychology, 48 (4), 44-52.
|
|
|
Indicateur principal : Indicateur qui permet d'évaluer ou de mesurer la variable dépendante d'une recherche (Y). Dans une rencherche, il peut y avoir plusieurs indicateurs principaux. EX : mordre est un indicateur de la variable agressivité; donner un coup de poing en est un autre.
|
Indicateur secondaire : Indicateur noté par le chercheur, mais qui n'est pas destiné à évaluer ou à mesurer sa variable dépendante (Y). EX : Le sourire des sujets dans une recherche visant à montrer l'effet du sexe sur le conformisme. Il s'agit de comportements qui sont souvent associés à la variable dépendante. Ces indicateurs doivent cependant faire l'objet d'une analyse statistique secondaire.
|
Indice : Le mot à trois acceptions voisines : a) Signe ou stimulus observable qui indique ou annonce avec une probabilité x l'apparition d'une phénomène observable ou inobservable. Le symptôme est un indice qui indique ou annonce l'apparition d'une maladie physique ou mentale . En conditionnement opérant, le stimulus discrimatif joue le rôle d'indice en signalant au sujet la contingence. Il en va de même du stimulus conditionnel en conditionnement répondant, qui annonce l'apparition probable du stimulus inconditionnel. EX: L'arrivée des hirondelles est un indice du printemps. Un signe ne peut jouer le rôle d'indice que s'il est fortement associé à un phénomème donné. = signe avant-coureur, prédicteur, signal. b) En cognition, l'indice est un stimulus qui favorise le rappel. = indice de rappel. Cue. c) Dans les sciences sociales, mais surtout en économie, l'indice est un score globale qui intègre plusieurs indicateurs. Cue.
|
Indice d : Voir Degré de l'effet.
| Indice d |
Interprétation |
| < 0.10 % |
Pas de différence |
| < 0.11 d 0.35 % |
Petite différence |
| < 0.36 d 0.65 % |
Différence moyenne |
| < 0.66 d 1.00 % |
Grande différence |
| > 1.00 % |
Très grande différence |
|
Indices binoculaires de profondeur : Ensemble d'indices que le système perceptif utile pour évaluer les distances.
|
Indice de rappel : Indice ou contexte dans lequel une information a été mémorisée et qui facilite habituellement son rappel. EX: Dans un examen à développement, la question est l'indice qui permet le rappel. = mémoire dépendante du contexte. Cue.
| |
DONG, T. (1972). Cued partial recall of categorized words. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 93, 123-129. |
WELDON, M.S., ROEDIGER, H.L. & CHALLIS, B.H. (1989). The properties of retrieval cues constrain the picture superiority effect. Memory & Cognition, 17, 95-105. |
| BASDEN, D.R. (1973). Cued and uncued recall of unrelated words following interpolated learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 98, 429-431. |
DOSHER, B.A. & ROSEDALE, G.S. (1989). Integrated retrieval cues as a mechanism for priming in retrieval from memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 118, 191-211. |
| ROEDIGER, H.L. & ADELSON, B. (1980). Semantic specificity in cued recall. Memory & Cognition, 8, 65-74. [PDF] |
SRINIVAS, K., ROEDIGER, H.L. & RAJARAM, S. (1992). The role of syllabic and orthographic properties of letter cues in solving word fragments. Memory & Cognition, 20, 219-230. [PDF] |
| ROEDIGER, H.L. & PAYNE, D.G. (1983). Superiority of free recall to cued recall with "strong" cues. Psychological Research, 45, 275-286. [PDF] |
VOLK, H.E., McDERMOTT, K.B., ROEDIGER, H.L. & TODD, R.D. (2006). Genetic influences on free and cued recall in long-term memory tasks. Twin Research & Human Genetics, 9, 623-631. [PDF] |
| HEALY A.F., FENDRICH, D.W., CUNNINGHAM, T.F. & TIL,L R. E.
(1987). Effect of cueing on short-term retention of order information. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 13, 413-425. |
CASTEL, A.D. (2008). Metacognition and learning about
primacy and recency effects in free recall : The utilization of intrinsic and extrinsic cues when making judgments of learning. Memory & Cognition, 36, 429-437. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Indices d'influence scientifique : Mesure de la valeur d'une revue scientifique, et partant de la qualité des chercheurs qui publient leurs articles dans ces revues. Cet indice est calculé chaque année par l'Institute for Scientific Information pour chaque revue qui fait l'objet d'une évaluation. Le classement des revues qui en résulte est publié dans le Journal Citation Report. Ce classement a une grande importance en science car il sert souvent de critères d'évaluation pour déterminer l'octroi des fonds de recherche, les promotions au sein du corps professoral, les prix et les bourses (et même les Prix Nobel). L'indice est calculé sur une période de deux ans. Par exemple, l'indice 2008 pour une revue donnée est calculé selon l'équation suivante A/B, où A équivaut au nombre de fois que des articles publiés durant la période 2006-2007 sont cités en références dans l'ensemble des revues indexées durant l'année 2008, tandis que B équivaut au nombre d'articles publiés dans la période 2006-2007. = indice de la valeur des revues scientifiques. Impact factor.
| |
HANSSON, S. (1995). Impact factor as a misleading tool in evaluation of medical journals. Lancet, 346 (8979), 906. |
| SEGLEN, P.O. (1997). Why the impact factor of journals should not be used for evaluating research. British Medical Journal, 314 (7079), 498-502. |
| LOWY, C. (1997). Impact factor limits funding. Lancet, 350 (9083), 1035. |
| GARFIELD, E. (1999). Journal impact factor : a brief review. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 161 (8), 979-980. |
| SAHA, S. SAINT, S. & CHRISTAKIS, D.A. (2003). Impact factor : a valid measure of journal quality? Journal of the Medical Library Association, 91 (1), 42-46. |
|
| |
|
Indices monoculaires de profondeur :
|
|
|
Individu-cible : Expression qui sert à désigner l'individu qui fait l'objet d'une étude, d'une observation (la cible), et qui constitue le point de référence de ce que l'on cherche à expliquer. Cette expression est commode car elle permet de distinguer l'individu dont on cherche à analyser le comportement, des autres individus susceptibles d'influencer notre objet d'étude. On dit aussi groupe-cible. = participant ou sujet d'une recherche.
|
Individu rejeté : Dans un groupe, individu qui reçoit peu d'attention ou qui est l'objet de nombreux comportements agressifs de la part des pairs. = tête de turc, bouc émissaire, mouton noir. Peer reject, peer neglect, unpopular children, controversial children.
| |
TYNE, T.F. & GEARY, W. (1980). Patterns of acceptance-rejection among elementary school students. Journal of Child Study, 10, 179-187. |
| VOSK, B., FOREHAND, R., PARKER, J. & RICKARD, K. (1982). A multimethod comparison of popular and unpopular children. Developmental Psychology, 18, 571-575. |
| VIRTUE, M.S. & FRENCH, D.C. (1984). Peer and teacher ratings of socially neglected and rejected fourth and fifth grade boys. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 5, 13-22. |
| PARKER, J.G. & ASHER, S.R. (1987). Peer relatlons and later personal adjustment—are low-accepted children at risk. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 357-389. |
| CAIRNS, R.B., CAIRNS, B.D., NECKERMANN, H.J., GUEST, S. & GARIÉPY, J.-L. (1988). Social networks and aggressive behavior : Peer support or peer rejection. Developmental Psychology, 24, 815-823. |
| WENTZEL, K.R. & ASHER, S.R. (1995). Academic lives of neglected, rejected, popular, and controversial children. Child Development, 66, 754-763. |
|
| |
|
Individu vedette : Dans un groupe, individu qui reçoit beaucoup d'attention ou qui est l'objet de peu de comportements agressifs de la part des autres individus du groupe (pairs). = individu populaire, vedette sociométrique, chou-chou du prof, préféré de la maîtresse. Peer support, popular children.
| |
VOSK, B., FOREHAND, R., PARKER, J. & RICKARD, K. (1982). A multimethod comparison of popular and unpopular children. Developmental Psychology, 18, 571-575. |
| CAIRNS, R.B., CAIRNS, B.D., NECKERMANN, H.J., GUEST, S. & GARIÉPY, J.-L. (1988). Social networks and aggressive behavior : Peer support or peer rejection. Developmental Psychology, 24, 815-823. |
| TOWNSEND, M.A.R., McCRACKEN, H.E. & WILTON, K.M. (1988). Popularity and intimacy as determinants of psychological well-being in adolescent friendships. Journal of Early Adolescence, 8, 42-436. |
| WENTZEL, K.R. & ASHER, S.R. (1995). Academic lives of neglected, rejected, popular, and controversial children. Child Development, 66, 754-763. |
| RODKIN, P.C., FARMER, T.W., PEARL, R. & VAN ACKER, R. (2000). Heterogeneity of popular boy s: antisocial and prosocial configurations. Development Psychology, 36 (1), 14-24. |
|
| |
|
Individualisme (philosophique) : Doctrine philosophique qui soutient que le monde mental (l'esprit et son contenu) est entièrement déterminé par le monde physique. L'individualisme est un matérialiste. Individualism.
| |
BUNGE, M. (2000). Ten modes of individualism - none of which works - and their alternatives. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 30, 384-406. |
|
| |
|
Individualisme (sociale) : Le mot désigne l'attitude égoïste d'un certain nombre d'individus (toujours les autres), qui préfèrent vivre pour soi plutôt qu'en vertu des valeurs du groupe (famille, religion, état, etc.). /anti-individualisme, collectivisme. Individualism.
| |
BJORK, D.W. (1979). The Victorian flight : Russell Conwell and the crisis of American individualism. Washington, DC: University Press of America. |
SCHWARTZ, S.H. & ROS, M. (1995). Values in the West : A theoretical and empirical challenge to the individualism-collectivism cultural dimension. World Psychology, 1, 99-122. |
| DUMONT, L. (1983). Essais sur l’individualisme : Une perspective anthropologique sur l’idéologie moderne. Paris : Le Seuil. |
CIALDINI, R.B., WOSINKA, W., BARRETT, D.W., BUTNER, J. & GORNIK-DUROSE, M. (1999). Compliance with a request in two cultures : The differential influence of social proof and commitment/consistency on collectivists and individualists. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 1242-1253. |
| SPENCE, J.T. (1985). Achievement american style : The rewards and costs of individualism. American Psychologist, 40, 1285-1295. |
DOISE, W. (1999). L’individualisme comme représentation collective, In J.-C. Deschamps, J.-F. Morales, D. Paez & S. Worchel (Eds.), L’identité sociale. (pp. 195-212). Grenoble : Presses universitaires de Grenoble. |
| SCHWARTZ, S.H. (1994). Beyond individualism/collectivism : New cultural dimensions of values. In U. Kim, H.C. Triandis, C. Kagitcibasi, S.-C. Choi & G. Yoon (Eds.), Individualism and collectivism : Theory, method and applications (pp. 85-119). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
BECK, U. (2001). La société du risque. Sur la voie d'une autre modernité. Paris : Éditions Aubier. |
| TRIANDIS, H.C. (1995). Individualism and collectivism. Boulder, CO : Westview Press. |
OYSERMAN, D., COON, H. & KEMMELMIEIR, M. (2002), “Rethinking Individualism and Collectivism : Evaluation of Theoretical Assumptions and Meta-analyses. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 3–72. |
| WAGNER, J.A. (1995). Studies of individualism-collectivism : Effects on cooperation in groups. Academy of Management Journal, 38, 152-172. |
BREWER, M.B. & CHEN, Y-R. (2007). Where (who) are collectives in collectivism? Toward conceptual clarification of individualism and collectivism. Psychological Review, 114 (1), 133-151. |
|
|
|
|
Individualisme méthodologique : Doctrine philosophique qui considère que l'explication ultime des phénomènes sociaux réside dans l'effet de composition ou d'aggrégation des comportements individuels : les phénomènes sociaux sont donc la conséquence des comportements individuels. = actionnisme, praxéologie. /holisme. ( ): Boudon, Skinner.
| |
LAURENT, A. (1994). L’individualisme méthodologique. Paris : Que sais-je?/Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
| |
|
|
Indolence sociale : Qui ne fait aucun effort physique ou intellectuelle pour faire ce qu'il a à faire (tâches, travail, devoirs, etc.) ou entreprendre de nouvelles activités (absence d'initiative), et ce malgré la présence d'un modèle facilitateur. Indolence et facilitation sociale. = paresse, nonchalance. Social loafing.
| |
HUGHSON, T.L., FICHMAN, M. & MORELAND, R.L. (1989). Social loafing and social facilitation : An empirical test of a cognitive-motivational model of performance. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 10, 253-271. |
| KARAU, S.J. & WILLIAMS, K.D. (1993). Social Loafing : A meta-analytic review and theoretical integration. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 681-706. |
|
| |
|
|
|
Industrie pharmaceutique : Industrie qui conçoit et fabrique des médicaments, notamment pour soigner les maladies mentales et autres problèmes psychologiques (thérapie médicamenteuse). L'efficacité et l'innocuité de ces médicaments sont testées lors d'essai cliniques. Il convient de préciser que la démonstration de l'efficacité des médicaments développés par cette industrie pour traiter les troubles psychologiques repose rarement sur de véritables études indépendantes. Malgré tout, dans la plupart des sociétés, on observe une médicalisation croissante des troubles psychologiques, une très forte augmentation des prescriptions, et dans certain cas une surmédicalisation. Industrie pharmaceutique, médicament et surmédication. Drug companies.
| |
AVORN, J., CHEN, M., & HARTLEY, R. (1982). Scientific versus commercial sources of influence on the prescribing behavior of physicians. American Journal of Medicine, 73, 4-8. |
CHOUDRY, N. K., STELFOX, H.T. & DETSKY, A. S. (2002). Relationships between authors of clinical practice guidelines and the pharmaceutical industry. Journal of the American Medical Association, 287, 612–617. |
| COHEN, W., FLORIDA, R. & GOE, W.R. (1994). University-industry research centers in the United States. Pittsburgh: Carnegie-Mellon University Press. |
LEXCHIN, J., BERO, L.A., DJULBEGOVIC, B., & CLARK, O. (2003). Pharma- ceutical industry sponsorship and research outcome and quality: Systematic review. British Medical Journal, 326, 1167–1170. |
| BERO, L.A. & RENNIE, D. (1996). Influences on the quality of published drug studies. International Journal of Technology Assessment in Health Care, 12, 209 - 237. |
ST-ONGE, J.-C. (2004). L’envers de la pilule : Les dessous de l’industrie pharmaceutique. Montréal : Écosociéte. |
| MAYNARD, A. & BLOOR, K. (1997). Regulating the pharmaceutical industry. British Medical Journal, 315, 200-201. |
KASSIRER, J. (2004). On the take : how medicine's complicity with big business has endangered your health. New York Oxford University Press. |
| |
PERLIS, R.H., PERLIS, C.S., WU, Y., HWANG, C., JOSEPH, M. & NIERENBERG, A.A. (2005). Industry sponsorship and financial conflict of interest in the reporting of clinical trials in psychiatry. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1957–1960. |
| ANONYMOUS (2000). Company sought to block paper’s publication. Lancet, 356, 1659. |
SMITH, R. (2005). Medical journals are an extension of the marketing arm of pharmaceutical companies. PLoS Med., 2, 138. |
| ANGELL M. (2000). Is academic medicine for sale? New England Journal of Medicine, 342, 1516–1518. |
ABRAMSON J. (2005). Overdosed America. New York : Harper. |
| BODENHEIMER, T. (2000). Uneasy alliance—clinical investigators and the pharmaceutical industry. New England Journal of Medicine, 342, 1539-1544 |
WORLD ASSOCIATION of MEDICAL EDITORS (2005). Ghost writing initiated by commercial companies.Journal of General Internal Medicine, 20, 549. |
RETTIG, R.A. (2000). The industrialization of clinical research. Health Affairs, 19, 129-146. |
FONTANAROSA, P.N. FLANAGIN, A. & DE ANGELIS, C.D. (2005). Reporting conflicts of interest, financial aspects of research, and role of sponsors in funded studies. Journal of American Medical Association, 294, 110-111. |
| MOYNIHAN, R., HEATH, I. & HENRY, D. (2002) Selling sickness: the pharmaceutical industry and disease mongering. Brithish Medical Journal, 324, 886 -891 |
PERLIS, R.H., PERLIS, C.S., WU, Y., HWANG, C., MEGAN, J. & NIERENBERG, A.A. (2005). Industry sponsorship and financial conflict of interest in the reporting of in psychiatry. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1957-1960. |
| FAVA, G. (2002). Long-term treatment with antidepressant drugs : the spectacular achievements of propaganda. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics,71, 127-132. |
ST-ONGE, J.-C. (2006). Les dérives de l’industrie de la santé : Petit abécédaire. Montréal : Écosociété. |
| ANTONUCCI, D. BURNS, D.D. & DANTON, W.G. (2002). Antidepressants : a triumph of marketing over science? Prevention & Treatment, 5, 25. [LIRE] |
FAVA, G. (2007). Financial conflicts of interest in psychiatry. World Psychiatry, 6 (1), 19-24. |
| HEALY, D. & THASE, M.E. (2003). Is academic psychiatry for sale? British Journal of Psychiatry, 182, 388-390. |
LANE, C. (2007). Psychiatrists and drug companies are thoroughly redefining normal behaviour. London: Institute of Ideas. |
| ANTONOCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & McCLANAHAN, T.M. (2003). Psychology in the prescription era: Building a firewall between marketing and science. American Psychologist, 58, 1028- 1043. [PDF] |
LANE, C. (2007). Shyness : How normal behavior became a sickness. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press / Comment la psychiatrie et l'industrie pharmaceutique ont médicalisé nos émotions. Paris : Flammarion. |
| WARNER, T.D. & GLUCK, J.P. (2003). What do we really know about conflicts of interest in biomedical research? Psychopharmacology, 171, 36-46. |
FLORA, S.R. (2007). Taking america off drugs : Why behavioral therapy is more effective for treating ADHD, OCD, depression and other psychlogical problems. New York : University of New York Press. |
| ANGELL, M. (2004). The truth about the drug companies : How they deceive us and what to do about it. New York : Random House. |
KIRSCH,
I. (2009). The emperor's new drugs : Exploding the antidepressant myth. London : The Bodley Head. |
| STUDDERT, D., BRENNAN, M., TROYEN, A. & MELLO, M.M. (2004). Financial conflicts of interest in physicians' relationships with the pharmaceutical industry — Self-Regulation in the Shadow of federal prosecution. New England Journal of Medicine, 351, 1891-2000 |
INSEL, T.R. (2010). Psychiatrists' relationships with pharmaceutical companies : Part of the problem or part of the solution ? Journal of American Medical Association, 303 (12), 1192-1193. |
| ANGELL, M. (2004). The truth about drug companies. New York : Random House. |
|
|
|
|
|
Inégalité sociale : État d'une dyade, d'un groupe, d'une société caractérisée par une distribution asymétrique des pouvoirs et des ressources. = inégalité sociale, asymétrie. Inequality.
| |
RUNCIMAN, W.G. (1966). Relative deprivation and social justice : a study of attitudes to social inequality in twentieth-century England. London : Routledge & Kegan Paul. |
| OAKES, J. (1985). Keeping track. How schools structure inequality. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press. |
| CURTIS, J., GRABB, E. GUPPY, N. & GILBERT, S. (Eds.) (1988/2004). Social inequality in Canada : Patterns, problems, and policies. Prentice-Hall. |
| SEN, A. (1995). Inequality reexamined. New York : Russell Sage. |
| ROSANVALLON, P. et FITOUSSI, J.-.P (1996). Le nouvel âge des inégalité. Paris : Le Seuil. |
| VINSONNEAU, G. (1999). Inégalités sociales et procédés identitaires. Paris : A. Colin. |
| GRUSKY, D.B. (2001). The past, present and future of social inequality. Social stratification : Class, race, and gender. Colorado : Westview Press. |
| GRABB, E. (2002). Theories of social inequality : Classical and contemporary perspectives. Toronto : Nelson Thomson. |
|
| |
|
Inégalité des sexes : État d'une dyade, d'un groupe ou d'une société caractérisé par une distribution asymétrique des pouvoirs et des ressources entre les hommes et les femmes. = inégalité sociale, asymétrie. Inequality.
| |
TABET, P. (1998). La construction sociale de l’inégalité des sexes. Des outils et des corps. Paris : L’Harmattan/Bibliothèque du féminisme. |
| NOSEK, B. BANAJI, M.R. & GREENWALD, A.G. (2002). Math = Male, Me = Female, therefore Math is not equal to Me. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 83 (1), 44-59. |
|
| |
|
Inéquité : /équité. Inequity.
| |
ADAMS, J.S. (1963). Toward an understanding of inequity. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 67, 422-436. |
| ADAMS, J.S. (1965). Inequity in social exchange. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 267-299). New York : Academic Press. |
| AUSTIN, W. & WALSTER, E. (1974). Reactions to confirmations and disconfirmations of expectancies of equity and inequity. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 30 (2), 108-116. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Inertie/Inertiel : Emprunté à la physique, ce concept a en sciences humaines une valeur plus descriptive qu'explicative. Il décrit une absence de changement chez un individu ou au sein d'un groupe. Il présuppose également que ce changement (d'idée, d'attitude, de comportement, de stratégie, etc.) est tellement coûteux ou désavantageux sur le plan individuel ou collectif qu'il est préférable de continuer à faire ce que l'on a toujours fait (d'où le mot inertie). Il va de soi que l'absence de changement n'est pas due à l'inertie - qui est une propriété de la matière - mais bien a une foule de facteurs qui se conjugent pour empêcher le changement ou lui nuire. On utilise le terme résistance au changement lorsque ces facteurs n'ont pas été clairement identifiés par celui qui souhaite et planifie le changemement ou lorsque l'individu concerné par le changement dissimule volontairement ses motifs ou ne parvient pas à les mettre clairement en évidence. En sciences humaines, l'inertie n'a donc pas le statut d'une cause ou d'une explication. Inertie et résistance au changement. = vieilles habitudes, indécrottable, vieille tête de mûle. /changement. Inertia.
| |
NEVIN, J.A. (2005). The inertia of affluence. Behavior and Social Issues, 14, 7-20. |
|
| |
|
Inexpertise : Ce que les savants, les professeurs, les experts, les entreprises et les gouvernements, devraient savoir, mais ignorent ou refusent de connaître. EX: Beaucoup d'individus conçoivent des questionnaires-bidon qui mesurent n'importe quoi et son contraire, ou encore utilisent des statistiques pour tirer des conclusions sans procéder à des analyses inférentielles, etc, alors que l'on sait comment rédiger un bon questionnaire et analyser les données produites par cet outil. = pseudo-expert, savant ignare, incompétent diplômé, patron incompétent. /expertise.
| |
ARKES, H.R. (2003). The non-use of psychological research at two federal agencies. Psychological Science, 14, 1-6. |
|
| |
|
|
Infancy : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui se consacre à l'étude des enfants. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
LEJEUNE, L., ANDERSON, D.I., CAMPOS, J.J., WITHERINGTON, D.C., UCHIAYAMA, I. & BARBU-ROTH, M. (2005). Avoidance of heights on the visual cliff in newly walking infants. Infancy, 7 (3), 285-298. |
|
Infanticide : Mot forgé par la fusion d'enfant et d'homicide.
| |
TOOLEY, M. (1972). Abortion and infanticide. Philosophy & Public Affars, 2, 37-65. |
| HAUFATER, G. & HRDY, S. (Eds.) (1984). Infanticide comparative and evolutionary perspectives. New York : Aldine Publishing Co. |
| SILK, J.B. & STANFORD, C.B. (1999). Infanticide article disputed. Anthropology News, 40, 27-29. [PDF] |
| WATTS, D.P. & MITANI, J. & Sherrow, H. (2002). New cases of inter- community infanticide by male chimpanzees at Ngogo, Kibale National Park, Uganda. Primates, 43, 263–270. |
|
| |
|
Infant & Child Development : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à l'étude des enfants. Éditeur : Wiley.
ROBERT, M. & HEROUX, G. (2004). Visuo-spatial play experience : Forerunner of visuo-spatial achievement in preadolescent and adolescent boys and girls? Infant & Child Development, 13, 49-78. |
|
Infant Behavior & Development : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à l'étude des enfants. Éditeur : Elsevier.
TESSIER, R., CRISTO, M.E., VELEZ, S., GIRON, M., NADEAU, L. & CHARPAK, N. (2003). Kangaroo mother-care : A method of protecting high-risk premature infants against developmental delay. Infant Behavior & Development, 26, 384-397. |
|
Infarctus du myocarde : Infarctus, maladie cardio-vasculaire et type A et B. Coronary heart disease, myocardial infarction.
| |
ROSENHAM, R.H., FRIEDMAN, M., STRAUS, R., WURM, M., KOSITCHEK, R., HAHN, W. & WERTHESSEN, N.T. (1964). A predictive study of coronary heart disease. Journal of American Medical Association, 189 (1), 15-22. |
| BLUMENTHAL, J.A., WILLIAMS, R.B., KONG, Y., SCHANBERG, S. & THOMPSON, L. (1978). Type A behavior pattern and coronary atherosclerosis. Circulation, 58, 634-639. |
| PETERS, R.J.G., & BEOKHOLDT, S.M. (2002). Gene polymorphisms and the risk of myocardial infarction - an emerging relation. New England Journal of Medicine, 347, 1963-1965. |
|
| |
|
Infection transmissible sexuellement (ITS) : Nouveau terme utilisé pour désigner les MTS (maladies transmises sexuellement). ( ): chlamydia, gonorrhée, herpès génital, lymphogranulome vénérien, syphilis, vestibulite, VIH/ sida, virus du papillome (HPV).
Sexually transmitted diseases.
| |
JENNY, C., HOOTON, T.M., BOWER, A, COPASS, M.K., KRIEGER, J.N., HILLIER, S.L., KIVIAT, N. COREY, L. STAMM, W.E. & HOLMES, K.K. (1990). Sexually transmitted diseases in victims of rape. New England Journal of Medicine, 322 (11), 713-716. |
| ESTREICH, S., FORSTER, G.E. & ROBINSON, A. (1990). Sexually transmitted diseases in rape victims. Genitourinary Medicine, 66 (6), 433-438. |
| NYIRJESY, P., SOBEL, J.D., WEITZ, M.V., LEAMAN, D.J., SMALL, M.J. & GELONE, S.P. (2001). Cromolyn cream for recalcitrant idiopathic vulvar vestibulitis : results of a placebo controlled study. Sexually Transmitted Infections, 77 (1), 53-57. |
|
| |
|
Inférer : En science, processus logique qui consiste à postuler l'existence d'un phénomène (ou d'une cause) que l'on ne peut directement observer. L'inférence clôture ce processus. Elle doit se faire à partir d'une théorie scientifique ou d'un certains nombres de faits récurrents. EX: En psychologie, la pensée, les attitudes, les processus cognitifs et l'inconscient sont tous des inférences. À défaut d'être directement observés, les phénomènes inférés doivent pouvoir être observés indirectement, c-à-d correspondre à des signes visibles ou des indices bien précis (comportements, réactions physiologiques, symptômes). EX: On dira que la réponse qu'un individu fourni à une multiplication est une observation indirecte de sa capacité cognitive de calcul ou qu'oublier son parapluie chez sa psychologue est un indice de l'existence de l'inconscient. Malheureusement, chez certains psychologues, la frontière entre l'inférence et l'hallucination ou l'acte de foi est quasi-inexistente. Inférer et processus inféré. = construit hypothétique, imaginer, l'existence de, supposer l'existence de. /avéré, observé. Inference.
| |
KIM, J. (1964). Inference, explanation, and prediction. Journal of Philosophy, 61, 360-68. |
| PLATT, J.R. (1964). Strong inference. Science, 146, 347-353. |
| JONHSON-LAIRD, P.N. (1983). Mental models : Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and consciousness. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
| HOLLAND, J.H., HOLYOAK, K.J., NISBETT, R.E. & THAGARD, P.R. (1986). Processes of inference, learning, and discovery. Cambridge, MA/London : Computational models of cognition and perception series/MIT Press. |
| HOLLAND, P.W. (1986). Statistics and causal inference (with discussion). Journal of the American Statistical Association, 81, 945-970. |
|
| |
|
Inférence : Le terme a quatre acceptions voisines : a) comme abjectif, il qualifie les phénomènes dont on postule l'existence même si on ne peut les observer directement. = qui existe mais que l'on ne peut voir; b) Il désigne la proposition qui clôture un raisonnement scientifique. = explication; c) Il désigne également une affirmation que l'on fait pour expliquer nos propres comportements et ceux des autres, ou tout autre événement que l'on cherche à comprendre. Il convient de préciser que ce type d'inférence ne repose pas toujours sur un raisonnement logique appuyé sur des faits. = attribution; d) En statistique, il renvoie au raisonnement qui permet au chercheur de généraliser les résultats de sa recherche, portant sur un échantillon, à l'ensemble de la population à l'étude. = inférence statistique. Inference.
| |
FISHER, R.A. (1956/90). Statistical method and scientific inference. Edinburgh : Oliver & Boyd/Oxford University Press. |
ABRAMSON, L. (Ed.) (1988). Social-personal inference in clinical psychology. New York : Guilford Press. |
| PLATT, J.R. (1964). Strong inference. Science, 146, 347-353. |
SCHMITTLEIN, D.C. (1989) Surprising inferences from unsurprising observations : Do conditional expectations really regress to the mean? The American Statistician, 43 (3), 176-183. |
| TRUSTED, J. (1979). The logic of scientific inference. London: MacMillan Press. |
BARWISE, J. (1993). Everyday reasoning and logical inference. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 16, 337-338. |
| McKOON, G. & RATCLIFF, R. (1981). The comprehension processes and memory structures involved in instrumental inference. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 20, 671-682. |
HIGGINS, E.T. (1998). The aboutness principle : A pervasive influence on human inference. Social Cognition, 16, 173-198. |
| JOHNSON-LAIRD, P. (1983). Mental models : Towards a cognitive science of language, inference, and consciousness. Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
BARON, A. (1999). Statistical inference in behavior analysis : Friend or foe? The Behavior Analyst, 22 (2), 83-85. [PDF] |
| HOLLAND, J.H., HOLYOAK, K.J., NISBETT, R.E. & THAGARD, P.R. (1986). Processes of inference, learning, and discovery. Cambridge, MA/London : Computational models of cognition and perception series/MIT Press. |
BOWER, G.H., THOMPSON-SHILL, S. & TULVING, E. (1994). Reducing retroactive interference : An interference analysis. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 20 (1), 51-66. [PDF] |
| EDHOUSE, W.V. & WHITE, K.G. (1988). Sources of proactive interference in animal memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 14, 56-70. |
BOWER, G.H., WAGNER, A.D., NEWMAN, S.E. & RANDLE, J.D. (1996). Does recoding interfering material improve recall ? Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 22 (1), 240-245. |
| |
PRENTICE, D.A. & MILLER, D.T. (2006). Inferences about differences that cross social category boundaries. Psychological Science, 17, 129-135. |
|
WEAVER, K., GARCIA, S.M., SCHWART, N. & MILLER, D.T. (2007). Inferring the popularity of an opinion from its familiarity : A repetitive voice can sound like a chorus. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 92, 821-833. |
| |
|
Inférence forte : Lors d'un test ou d'une recherche, principe selon lequel il est préférable de formuler une hy Strong inference.
| |
PLATT, J.R. (1964). Science, strong inference -- Proper scientific method (The New Baconians). Science Magazine, 146 (3642), 347-353. [PDF] |
| WILTON, R. N. & CLEMENTS, R.O. (1971). The role of information in the emission of observing responses :
a test of two hypotheses. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 16, 161-166. [PDF] |
| DAVIS, R.H. (2006). Strong Inference : rationale or inspiration ? Perspectives in Biology & Medicine, 49 (2), 238–250. |
|
| |
|
Inférence statistique : Raisonnement qui permet au chercheur de généraliser les résultats de sa recherche, portant sur un échantillon, à l'ensemble de la population à l'étude. Statistical inference.
| |
PEIRCE, C.S. (1883). A theory of probable inference. Studies in Logic, 126-181 |
TRUSTED, J. (1979). The logic of scientific inference : An introduction. London : The Macmillan Press, Ltd. |
| FISHER, R. (1955). Statistical methods and scientific induction. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series B 17, 69-78. |
FREEDMAN, D.A. (1991). Statistical models and shoe leather. Sociological Methodology, 21, 291-313. |
| NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1928). On the use and interpretation of certain test criteria for purposes of statistical inference. Biometrika, 175-240/263-294. |
BARON, A. (1999). Statistical inference in behavior analysis : Friend or foe? The Behavior Analyst, 22 (2), 83-85. [PDF] |
| |
SHULL, R.L. (1999). Statistical Inference in Behavior Analysis : Discussant's remarks, The Behavior Analyst, 22 (2), 117-121. [PDF] |
| FISHER, R.A. (1956/90). Statistical method and scientific inference. Edinburgh : Oliver & Boyd/Oxford University Press. |
CASELLA, G & BERGER, R.L. (2001). Statistical Inference. Duxbury Press. |
| |
DENIS, D. (2001). Inferring the alternative hypothesis : Risky business. Theory & Science, 2 (1). [LIRE] |
| EDGINGTON, E.S.N. (1966). Statistical inference and nonrandom samples. Psychological Bulletin, 66, 485-487. |
BONETT, D.G. & SEIER, E. (2003). Statistical inference for a ratio of dispersions using paired samples. Journal of Educational & Behavioral Statistics, 28 (1), 21-30. |
| EDGINGTON, E.S.N. (1969). Statistical inference : The distribution-free approach. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
YOUNG, G.A. & SMITH, R.L. (2005). Essentials of statistical. Inference, CUP. |
|
COX, D.R. (2006). Principles of statistical inference. CUP. |
| |
KILLEEN, P.R. (2005). An alternative to null hypothesis statistical tests. Psychological Science, 16, 345–353. |
| |
|
Infertilité : Infertile couple.
| |
HENTSCHEL, H., ALBERTON, D.L., SAWDY, R.J., CAPP, E., GOLDIM, J.R. & PANDOLFI PASSOS, E. (2008). Sexual function in women from infertile couples and in women seeking surgical sterilization. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34 (2), 107-114. |
|
| |
|
Infidelité : Infidelity.
| |
BUSS, D.M. & SHACKELFORD, T.K. (1997). Susceptibility to infidelity in the first year of marriage. Journal of Research in Personality, 31, 193-221. |
|
| |
|
Infirmation : Désigne l'une des deux issues de la démarche empirique et logique, qui conduit un chercheur à vérifier si son son hypothèse ou son raisonnement est vrai (confirmation) ou faux (infirmation). Infirmation et reproduction scientifique. /confirmation.
| |
CHAPLIN, W.F. & GOLDBERG, L.R. (1984). A failure to replicate the Bem and Allen study of individual differences in cross-situational consistency. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 47, 1074-1090. |
| DEMPSTER, F.N. (1988). The spacing effect : A case study in the failure to apply the results of psychological research. American Psychologist, 43 (8), 627-634. |
| LARSON, J. & MILTENBERGER, R. (1992). The influence of antecedent exercise on behavior problems in persons with mental retardation : A failure to replicate. Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps, 17, 40-46. |
|
| |
|
Infirmière (en psychiatrie) : Infirmière et patient psychiatrisé. Psychiatric nurse.
| |
AYLLON, T. & MICHAEL, J. (1959). The psychiatric nurse as a behavioral engineer. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2, 323-344. [PDF] |
| POMERLEAU, O.F., BOBROVE, P.H. & SMITH, R. (1973). Rewarding psychiatric aides for the behavioral improvement of assigned patients. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (3), 383-390. [PDF] |
| MILNE, D.L. (1984). Skill evaluation of nurse training in behaviour therapy. Behavioural Psychotherapy, 12, 142-150. |
| MILNE, D.L. (1984). The development and evaluation of structured learn- ing form at introduction to behaviour therapy for psychiatric nurses. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 23, 175-185. |
| MILNE, D.L., BURDETT, E., & CONWAY, ,P. (1985). Review and replication of a 'core-course' in behaviour therapy for psychiatric nurses. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 10, 137-148. |
|
| |
|
Inflation :
Hausse des prix des biens et services. inflation.
|
Inflation des notes : Tendance observée chez les professeurs d'université et de cégep à gonfler sans raisona valables les notes de leurs étudiants afin d'empêcher ces derniers de se plaindre ou pour donner l'impression que l'on est un bon professeur («cool»), que notre enseignement est de qualité. Les procédés pour gonfler les moyennes sont bien connus : correction globale sans critères d'évaluation clair et précis, question-bonus, reprise d'examen sans motif valable, octroi complaisant de la note de passage en fin de session, examens trop faciles sans rapport avec les objectifs du cours, matière ou contenu-bidon, test Mickey Mouse, évaluation en fonction de la tête du client, octroi de note en fonction de l'effort et non de l'apprentissage, absence de mesures contre le plagiat et la tricherie, octroi de note à la participation (et non à l'apprentissage), évaluation sans rapport avec le contenu réel du cours, etc. Inflated test score.
| |
SHEPARD, L.A. (1990). Inflated test score gains : Is the problem old norms or teaching the test?
Educational Measurement : Issues and Practice, 9, 15-22. |
| WAXMAN, H.C. & WALBERG, H.J. (1991). Effective teaching : Current research. Berkeley, CA : McCutchan Publishing Corporation. |
|
| |
|
Influence : En science, l'influence désigne l'effet à la hausse ou à la baisse d'un phénomène X sur un phénomène Y ou ses propriétés (probabilité, intensité, formes, durée, etc). Pour certains auteurs, le terme influence semble moins fort que effet, ce dernier terme impliquant nécessairement l'existence d'une cause. = déterminant. Influence.
| |
FESTINGER, L., GERARD, H.B., HYMOVITCH, B., KELLEY, H.H. & RAVEN, B. (1952). The influence process in the presence of extreme deviates. Human Relations, 5, 327-346. |
| CIALDINI,
R.B. (1993/2004). Influence : The psychology of persuasion/Influence
et manipulation : comprendre et maîtriser les mécanismes
et les techniques de persuasion. New York : Morrow/Éditions
First. |
| JOHNSON, W. (2007). Genetic and environmental influences on behavior : Capturing all the interplay. Psychological Review, 114 (2), 423-440. |
|
| |
|
Influence de la majorité : Influence qu'exerce le sous-groupe le plus nombreux d'un groupe sur les autres sous-groupes. La durée de vie de ce sous-groupe varie de très courte (EX: le temps d'une décision) à très longue ( EX: Majorité de Québécois-e-es contre l'indépendnance/souveraineté du Québec). = Le poids du nombre. Majority influence.
|
Influence des pairs : L'influence des pairs se fait sentir dans de nombreux domaines, notamment : la sexualité, la consommation d'alcool et de drogues, la conduite automobile, la motivation scolaire, l'habillement, etc. = influence des amis. Peer influence.
| |
SUDA, W. & FOUTS, G. (1980). Effect of peer presence on introverted and extroverted children. Child Development, 51, 1272-1275. |
| GERRARD, M., GIBBONS, F.X., ZHAO, L., RUSSELLl, D. W. & EIS-BERGAN, M. (1999). The effect of peers' alcohol consumption on parental influence: A cognitive mediational model. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 13, 32-44. |
|
| |
|
Influence familiale : L'influence de la famille sur l'enfant se fait sentir dans de nombreux domaines, notamment : le développement psychologique, la croissance, l'apprentissage du langage et des habiletés sociales, la réussiste scolaire et le choix de carrière. = influence parentales. Parental influences, homme influence.
| |
FEHRMANN, P.G., KEITH, T.Z. & REIMERS, T.M. (1987). Home influence on school learning : Direct and indirect effects on parental involvement on high school grades. Journal of Educational Research, 80 (6), 330-337. |
| ALWIN, D. (1991). Family of origin and cohort differences in verbal ability. American Sociological Review, 56, 625-638. |
| STEINBERG, L., LAMBORN, S.D., DORNBUSCH, S.M. & DARLING, N. (1992). Impact of parenting practices on adolescent achievement : Authoritative parenting, school involvement, and encouragement to succeed. Child Development, 63, 1266-1281. |
| TAYLOR, L.C., HINTON, I.D. & WILSON, M.N. (1995). Parental influences on academic performance in African-American students. Journal of Child & Family Studies, 4 (3), 293-302. |
| HO, E.S. & WILLMS, J.D. (1996). Effect of parental involvement on eighth-grade achievement. Sociology of Education, 69, 126-141. |
| GERRARD, M., GIBBONS, F.X., ZHAO, L., RUSSELLl, D. W., & EIS-BERGAN, M. (1999). The effect of peers' alcohol consumption on parental influence : A cognitive mediational model. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 13, 32-44. |
| WILLMS, J.D. (2005). Les compétences, le niveau de scolarité des parents et la pratique de la littératie dans la vie courante. Dans Statistique Canada et Organisation de coopération et de développement économiques (Éd.), Apprentissage et réussite : premiers résultats de l'Enquête sur la littératie et les compétences des adultes (pp. 225 à 241). Paris : Organisation de coopération et de développement économiques/Ottawa : ministre de l'Industrie, Canada. |
|
| |
|
Influence parental : Influence exercée par les parents envers leurs enfants. Parental influence.
| |
GOLOMBOK, S. & TASKER, F. (1996). Do parents influence the sexual orientation of their children ? Findings from a longitudinal study of lesbian families. Developmental Psychology, 32 (1), 3-11. |
| GERRARD, M., GIBBONS, F.X., ZHAO, L., RUSSELLl, D.W. & EIS-BERGAN, M. (1999). The effect of peers' alcohol consumption on parental influence : A cognitive mediational model. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 13, 32-44. |
| WIGHT, D., WILLIAMSON, L. & HENDERSON, M. (2006). Parental influences on young people's sexual behaviour: A longitudinal analysis. Journal of Adolescence, 29 (4), 473-494. |
|
| |
|
Influence sociale : Synonyme de pouvoir ou de contrôle. Certains auteurs considèrent que le pouvoir est un acte volontaire et planifié par l'acteur dans le but de modifier le comportement d'autrui, alors que l'influence serait inconsciente, mais il faut bien admettre que, dans les faits, cette distinction repose sur des indices difficiles à observer. Influence sociale et techniques de persuasion. = pouvoir. Social influence.
| |
FESTINGER, L., GERARD, H. B., HYMOVITCH, B., KELLEY, H.H. & RAVEN, B.H. (1952). The influence process in the presence of extreme deviates. Human Relations, 5, 327-347. |
MUCHIEILLI, A. (2000). L'art d'influence. Armand Colin. |
| RAVEN, B.H. (1959). Social influence on opinions and the communication of related content. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 58, 119-128. |
LATANE, B. & BOURGEOIS, M.J. (2001). Successfully simulating dynamic social impact: Three levels of prediction. In Forgas & Williams (Eds.), Social influence : Direct and indirect processes. Philadelphia : Psychology Press. |
| RAVEN, B.H. (1959). Leadership and social influence. Adult Leadership, 7, 250-253. |
CIALDINI, R.B. (2001). Influence : Science and practice. Boston : Allyn & Bacon Publishers. |
| CAIRNS, R.B. (1968). Behavior : A question of influence. Science, 161, 522-523. |
GUADAGNO, R.E. & CIALDINI, R.B. (2002). On-line persuasion : An examination of differences in computer-mediated interpersonal influence. Group Dynamics : Theory, Research and Practice, 6, 38-51. |
| CIALDINI, R.B. (1987). The psychology of influence. Currents, 13, 48-51. |
CIALDINI, R.B. (2005). Basic social influence is underestimated. Psychological Inquiry, 16, 158-161. |
| TURNER, J.C. (1991). Social influence. Belmont, CA : Wadsworth Publishing. |
CIALDINI, R.B., GRICKEVICIUS, V., SUNDIE, J.L. & KENRICK, D.T. (2007). Persuasion paralysis : When unrelated motives immobilize influence. Social Influence, 2, 1-17. |
| CIALDINI,
R.B. (1993/2004). Influence : The psychology of persuasion. New York : Morrow. / Influence
et manipulation : comprendre et maîtriser les mécanismes
et les techniques de persuasion. Éditions
First. |
|
|
|
| |
|
Influx nerveux : Courant électrique discontinu (impulsion) de faible intensité qui se propage le long des neurones. Sa fonction consiste à transmettre les commandes motrices (= information) du cerveau aux nerfs moteurs et les messages sensoriels (= information) des récepteurs sensoriels (peau, yeux, oreilles, nez, langue) au cerveau. La transmission de l’influx nerveux de neurones en neurones est assurée par les neurotransmetteurs. La vitesse de propagation de l'influx varie entre 10 à 100 mètre à la seconde, suivant la taille du diamètre de la fibre (plus grande = plus vite) et la présence ou non de myéline (+ vite avec myéline). Chez l'humain, cette vitesse oscille entre 42 et 49 m/s. = activité électrique, électricité naturelle du corps et du cerveau. Nerve impulse.
| |
FRITSCH, G. & HITZIG, E. (1870). On the electrical excitability of the cerebrum. |
| BRINK, F. (1951). Excitation and conduction in the neuron. In S.S. Stevens (Ed.), Handbook of experimental psychology (pp. 50-93). New York : Wiley. |
| FINGER, S. & WADE, N.J. (2002). The neuroscience of Helmholtz and the theories of Johannes Müller. Part 1. Nerve cell structure, vitalism, and the nerve impulse. Journal of the History of the Neurosciences, 11, 136-155. |
|
| |
|
Information : Objet d'étude de la perspective cognitive américaine. L'information est un stimulus traité par le cerveau, qui se transforme en connaissance grâce aux processus cognitifs du cerveau virtuel (attention, perception, cognition, etc.). Ces connaissances sont ensuite stockées sous de multiples formes (souvenir, symbole, image, proposition, algorithme, heuristique, etc.) dans les différentes mémoires du cerveau virtuel et servent à produire des comportements qui permettront de résoudre des problèmes abstraits ou concrets. = données, connaissance. ( ): connaissances déclaratives, connaissances procédurales, connaissances sémantiques. Information, data, chunk, chunking.
| |
SPERLING, G. (1960). The information available in brief visual presentations. Psychological Monographs, 74 (11), 1-30. |
KUGLER P. N., & TURVEY M.T. (1987). Information, natural law, and the self-assembly of rhythmic movement.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
| ATKINSON, R.C., CARTERETTE, E.C. & KINCLA, R.A. (1964). The effect of information feedback upon psychophysical judgments. Psychonomic Science, 1, 83-84. |
KUGLER, P.N. & TURVEY, M.T. (1987). Self-organization, flow fields, and information. Human Movement
Science, 7, 97-129. |
| ATKINSON, R.C. & KINCLA, R.A. (1964). The effect of false-information feedback upon psychophysical judgments. Psychonomic Science, 1, 317-318. |
KAHNEMAN, D., TREISMAN, A. & GIBBS, B. (1992). The reviewing of object files : Object-specific integration of information. Cognitive Psychology, 24, 175-219. |
| TURVEY, M.T. (1967). Repetition and the preperceptual information
store. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 74, 289-293. |
JENSEN, A.R. (1990). Speed of information processing in a calculating prodigy. Intelligence, 14, 259-274. |
| SIMON, J.R. & SMALL, A. J. (1969). Processing auditory information : interference from an irrelevant cue. Journal of Applied Psychology, 53 (5), 433-435. |
ATLAN, H. (1992). L'organisation biologique et la théorie de l'information. Paris : Hermann. |
| MaCKAY, D.M. (1969). Information, mechanism and meaning. Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press. |
|
| WILTON, R.N. & CLEMENTS, R.O. (1971). Observing responses and informative stimuli. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 15 (2), 99–204. [PDF] |
ROSZAK, T. (1994). The cult of information : A neo-luddite treatise on high-tech, artificial intelligence, and the true art of thinking. University of California Press. |
| WILTON, R.N. & CLEMENTS, R.O. (1971). The role of information in the emission of observing responses : a test of two hypotheses. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 16 (2), 161–166. [PDF] |
CASTELLS, M. (1996). La société en réseaux. L’ère de l’information. Fayard : Paris. |
| LOFTUS, G.R. (1974). Acquisition of information from rapidly presented verbal and nonverbal stimuli. Memory & Cognition, 2, 545-548. |
SAKURAI, Y. (1999). How do cell assemblies encode information in the brain? Neuroscience & Behavioural Reviews, 23, 785-796. |
| NORMAN, D.A. (1978). So what should information look like? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 1, 361-362. |
MacKAY, D.J.C. (2003). Information theory, inference and learning algorithms. Cambridge University Press. |
| LOFTUS, E.F. & LOFTUS, G.R. (1980). On the permanence of stored information in the human brain. American Psychologist, 35, 409-420. |
MAYNARD SMITH, J. (2003). The concept of information in biology. Philosophy of Science, 67, 177-194. |
| DRESTKE, F.I. (1981). Knowledge and the flow of information. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
HALL, C.C., ARRIS, L. & TODOROV, A. (2007). The illusion of knowledge : When more information reduces accuracy and increases confidence. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 103, 277-290. |
| ANDERSON, N.H. (1981). Foundations of information integration theory. New York : Academic Press. |
|
| MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1982). Do animals convey information about their intentions? Journal of Theoretical Biology, 97, 1–5. |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Information génétique : Voir Gène.
|
Information trompeuse : Procédé exprimental mis au point par Loftus dans ses recherches sur les faux-souvenirs, qui consiste à fournir de fausse information pour tromper les participants. Misleading information, misinformation.
|
Information non-pertinente : Irrelevant information.
| |
RABBIT, P.M.A. (1964). Ignoring irrelevant information. British Journal of Psychology, 55, 403-414. |
| RABBIT, P.M.A. (1967). Learning to ignore irrelevant information. American Journal of Psychology, 80, 1-13. |
|
| |
|
Information Processing & Management : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire . Éditeur : Elsevier.
WILSON, T.D. (1997). Information behaviour : An interdisciplinary perspective. Information Processing & Management,
33 (4), 551-572.
|
|
Information visuelle : Information en provenance des yeux et encodée sous forme d'images. Visual information.
| |
LOFTUS, G.R. NELSON, W.W. & TRUAX, P.E. (1986). Age-related differences in visual information processing : Quantitative of qualitative? In C. Schooler and W. Schaie (Eds.), Cognitive functioning and social structure over the life course. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
| BUSEY, T.A. & LOFTUS, G.R. (1994). Sensory and cognitive components of visual information acquisition. Psychological Review, 101, 446-469. |
| LOFTUS, G.R. & RUTHRUFF, E.R. (1994). A theory of visual information acquisition and visual memory with special application to intensity-duration tradeoffs. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 20, 33-50. |
| LOFTUS, G.R. & HARLEY, E.M. (2004). How different spatial-frequency components contribute to visual information acquisition. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 30, 104-118. |
| McCOTTER, M. GOSSELIN, F., SNOWDEN, P. & SCHYNS, P.G. (2005). The use of visual information in natural scenes categorization. Visual Cognition, 12, 938-953. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Informatique : Terme forgé par Dreyfus en 1962 par la juxtaposition de deux mots information et automatique.
| |
MAUREL, M-C. et MIQUEL, P.-M.. (2001). Programme génétique : concept biologique ou métaphore ? Paris : Éditions Kimé. |
| |
|
Informer : Transmission d'information dans le but d'augmenter les connaissances ou d'influencer le comportement.
|
Inhelder Bärbel (Saint-Gallen Suisse 1913-1997) : Psychopédagogue allemande . Elle a étudiée le développement des enfants qui souffre de déficience intellectuelle. Fondatrice des Archives de Piaget. Étudiante de Claparède et Piaget. Collaboratrice de Cellérier, Sinclair. et Szeminska.
Jean Piaget et Bärbel Inhelder |
PIAGET, J. & INHELDER, B. (1941). Le développement des quantités chez l'enfant : conservation et atomisme.
Neuchâtel : Delachaux et Niestlé. |
| INHELDER, B. (1962). Some aspects of Piaget’s genetic approach to cognition. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 27(2), 17-31 |
| INHELDER, B. et PIAGET, J. (1970). De la logique de l'enfant à la logique de l'adolescent : essai sur la construction des structures opératoires formelles. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
| INHELDER, B. et PIAGET, J. (1973). Géométrie spontanée de l'enfant. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
| INHELDER, B. et CELLÉRIER, G. (Dirs.) (1992). Le cheminement des découvertes chez l'enfant. Paris/Neuchâtel : Delachaux et Niestlé. |
|
| |
|
Inhibiteur de monoamine oxydase (IMAO) : Classe d'antidépresseurs. Les monoamines oxydases ont pour fonction d'augmenter la concentration de sérotonine en inhibant les enzymes responsables de la dégradation naturelle de cette sérotonine dans le cerveau. = première génération d'antidépresseurs. Monoamine oxidase inhibitor, MAOI.
|
Inhibiteurs sélectifs de la recapture de la noradrénaline (NARI) : Norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor.
|
Inhibiteur sélectif du recaptage de la sérotonine (ISRS) : Il s'agit de la plus récente classe d'antidépresseurs. Ils ont pour fonction d'augmenter la concentration de sérotonine dans la synapse en empêchant son recaptage dans le neurone pré-synaptique. = seconde génération d'antidépresseurs. ( ): Voir tableau ci-bas. SSRI, selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors.
| |
TEICHER, M.H., GLOD, C. & COLE, J.O. (1990). Emergence of intense suicidal preoccupation during fluoxetine treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 207-210. |
GOODNICK P.J. & GOLDSTEIN, B.J. (1998). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in affective disorders. I. Basic pharmacology. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 12, 5-20. |
| MASAND, P., GUPTA, S. & DWAN, M. (1991). Suicidal ideation related to fluoxetine treatment. New England Journal of Medecine, 324, 420. |
GOODNICK P.J. & GOLDSTEIN, B.J. (1998). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in affective disorders. II. Efficacy and quality of life. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 12, 21-54. |
| BEASLEY, C.M. (1991). Fluoxetine and suicide. British Medical Journal, 303, 1200. |
GOLDSTEIN, B.J. & SUNDELLl, K. (1999) A review of the safety of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors during pregnancy. Human Psychopharmacology, 14, 319-324. |
| BEASLEY, C.M., DORNSEIF, B.E., BOSOWORTH, J.C., SAYLER, M.E., RAMPEY, A.H. & HEILIGENSTEIN, J.H. (1991). Fluoxetine and suicide : a meta-analysis of controlled trials of treatment of depression. British Medical Journal, 304 (3), 685-692 |
LANE, R.M. (1998). SSRI-induced extrapyramidal side-effects and akathisia : Implications for treatment. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 12, 192-214. |
| SONG F., FREEMANTLE, N, SHELDON, T.A., HOUSE, A., WATSON, P., LONG A, MASON, J. (1993). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors : Meta-analysis of efficacy and acceptability. British Medical Journal, 306, 683-687. |
HYLAN, T.R., MENEADES, L., CROWN, W.H., SACRISTAN, J.A., GILABERTE, I. & MONTEJO, A.L. (1999). SSRI antidepressant use patterns and their relation to clinical global impression scores : a naturalistic study. Journal of Affective Disorders, 52, 111-119. |
| MONTGOMERY, S.A., HENRY, J. McDONALD, G., DINAN, T., LADER, M., HINDMARCH, I., CLARE, A. & NUTT, D. (1994). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors : meta-analysis of discontinuation rates. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 9 (1), 47-53. |
TAMAM, L. & OZPOYRAZ, N. (2002). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor discontinuation syndrome : a review. in Advances in Therapy, 19, 17-26. |
| FREEMANTKE N., HOUSE, A., SONG, F., MASON, J.M. & SHELDON, T.A. (1994). Prescribing selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors as strategy for prevention of suicide. British Medical Journal, 309 (6949), 249-253. |
HEALY, D. (2003). Lines of evidence on the risks of suicide with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatic, 72, 71-79. |
| BREGGIN, P. (2003/04). Suicidality, violence and mania caused by selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) : A review and analysis. International Journal of Risk & Safety in Medicine, 16, 31–49.
[PDF] |
JUURLINK, D.N., MAMDANI, M.M., KOPP, A. & REDELMEIER, D.A. (2006). The risk of suicide with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors in the elderly. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 813- 821. |
| ANDERSON, I.M. & TOMENSON, B. M. (1995). Treatment discontinuation with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors compared with tricyclic antidepressants : A meta-analysis. British Medical Journal, 310, 1433-1438. |
BALON, R. (2006). SSRI-associated sexual dysfunction. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163 (9), 1504–1509. |
| KRAMER, P. (1997). Listening to Prozac. New York : Penguin. |
CSOKA, A.B, BAHRICK, A.S. & MEHTONEN, O. (2008). Persistent sexual dysfunction after discontinuation of selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 5 (1), 227-233. |
|
|
| |
|
Inhibiteur sélectif du recaptage de la sérotonine/noradréanaline (IRSNa) : Serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor.
|
Inhibition : Procesus qui empêche l'émission d'un comportement, le rappel d'une information ou l'expression d'une émotion ou d'un affect. /excitabilité, facilitation. Inhibition.
| |
FREUD, S. (1926). Inhibition, symptôme et angoisse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
ROEDIGER, H.L., STELLON, C. & TULVING, E. (1977). Inhibition from part-list cues and rate of recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 3, 174-188. |
| PAVLOV, I.P. (1963). Réflexes conditionnels et inhibition. Paris : Gonthier. |
WAGNER, A.R., MAZUR, J.E., DONEGAN, N.H. & PFAUTZ, P.L. (1980). Evaluation of blocking and conditioned inhibition to a CS signaling a decrease in US intensity. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 6, 376-385. |
| RESCORLA, R.A. & LOLORDO, V.M. (1965). Inhibition of avoidance behavior. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 59, 406-412. |
NEELY, J.H., SCHMIDT, S.R. & ROEDIGER, H.L. (1983). Inhibition from related primes in recognition memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 9, 196-211. [PDF] |
| TERRACE, H.S. (1966). Discrimination learning and inhibition. Science, 154, 1677-1680. |
|
| MYER, J.S. (1968). .Associative and temporal determinants of facilitation and inhibition of attack by pain. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 66, 17-21. |
ROEDIGER, H.L., NEELY J.H. & BLAXTON, T.A. (1983). Inhibition from related primes in semantic memory retrieval : A reappraisal of Brown's (1979) paradigm. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 9, 478-485. [PDF] |
| WEISMAN, R.G. (1969). Some determinants of inhibitory stimulus control. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12, 443-450. [PDF] |
|
| STADDON, J.E.R. (1969). Inhibition and the operant : A review of Sensory Inhibition, by G.V. Bekesy, and Mach Bands: quantitative studies on neural networks in the retina, by Floyd Ratliff. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12, 481-487. [PDF] |
LABORIT, H. (1986). L'inhibition de l'action. Biologie comportementale et physio-pathologie. Editions Masson. |
| HEARST, E., BESLEY, S. & FARTHING, G. (1970). Inhibition and the stimulus control of operant behavior. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 14 (3), 373-409. [PDF] |
BEGG, I. & SNIDER, A. (1987). The generation effect : Evidence for generalized inhibition. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning,
Memory, & Cognition, 13, 553-563. |
| DAVIS, J.M. (1971). Testing for inhibitory stimulus control with S− superimposed on S+ Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 14 (3), 365-369. [PDF] |
DONAHOE, J.W. & PALMER, D.C. (1988). Inhibition : A cautionary tale. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 50, 333-341. |
| WAGNER, A.R. & RESCORLA, R.A. (1972). Inhibition in Pavlovian conditioning : Application of a theory. In R.A. Boakes & M.S. Halliday (Eds.), Inhibition and learning (pp. 301-336). London : Academic Press. |
|
| ROEDIGER, H.L. (1973). Inhibition in recall from cueing with recall targets. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 12, 261-269. |
|
|
|
| |
|
Inhibition conditionnée : Conditioned inhibition.
| |
BERLYNE, D.E (1957). Attention to change, conditioned inhibition (SlR) and stimulus satiation. British Journal of Psychology, 45, 138-140. |
| BROWN, P.L. & JENKINS, H.M. (1967). Conditioned inhibition and excitation in operant discrimination learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 75 (2), 255–266. |
| HORNE, M.R., & PEARCE, J.M. (2010). Conditioned inhibition and superconditioning in an environment with a distinctive shape. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 36, 381-394. |
|
| |
|
Inhibition externe : External inhibition.
|
Inhibition interne : Internal inhibition.
|
Inhibition latente : Latent inhibition.
| |
LUBOW, R.E. (1973). Latent inhibition. Psychological Bulletin, 79, 398-407. |
| SCHMAJUK, N.A., LAM, Y.W. & GRAY, J.A. (1996). Latent inhibition : A neural network approach. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 22, 321-349. |
| SCHMAJUK, N.A. (2002). Latent inhibition and its neural substrates : From animal experiments to schizophrenia. Norwell, MA : Kluwer Academic. |
|
| |
|
Inhibition proactive : Proactive inhibition.
| |
UNDERWOOD,
B.J. (1945).The effect of successive interpolations on retroactive and proactive inhibition. Psychological Monographs, 59 (3, Whole No. 273). |
| UNDERWOOD,
B.J. & KEPPEL, G. (1962). Proactive inhibition in short-term retention of single items. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 1, 153-161. |
| WICKENS, D.D., BORN, D.G. & ALLEN, C.K. (1963). Proactive inhibition and Item similarity in short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 2, 440-445. |
| ZENTALL, T.R. & HOGAN, D.E. (1974). Memory in the pigeon : Proactive inhibition in a delayed matchingtask. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 4, 109-112. |
| ZENTALL, T.R. & HOGAN, D.E. (1977). Short-term proactive inhibition in the pigeon. Learning & Motivation, 8, 367-386. |
|
| |
|
Inhibition réciproque : Concept développé par Wolpe pour expliquer le contre-conditionnement. Wolpe postule chez certains organismes l'existence de réponses émotionnelles incompatibles, elles-mêmes le résultat d'états organiques opposés, qui rivalisent entre eux pour produire le comportement qui finira par s'imposer. EX : la nourriture engendre un état de relaxation (état organique I) à la longue incompatible avec certains objets ou situation qui produisent de l'anxiété ou de la peur (état organique II). Inhibition réciproque et contre-conditionnement. Reciprocal inhibition.
| |
WOLPE, J. (1958). Psychotherapy by reciprocal inhibition. Stanford : Stanford University Press. |
| BOND, I.K. & HUTCHISON, H.C. (1960). Application of reciprocal inhibition therapy to exhibitionism. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 83, 23-25. |
| HASLAM, M.T. (1965). The treatment of psychogenic dyspareunia by reciprocal inhibition. British Journal of Psychiatry, 111, 280-282. |
|
| |
|
Inhibition rétroactive : Retroactive inhibition.
| |
UNDERWOOD,
B.J. (1945).The effect of successive interpolations on retroactive and proactive inhibition. Psychological Monographs, 59 (3, Whole No. 273). |
| ZENTALL, T.R. (1973). Memory in the pigeon : Retroactive inhibition in a delayed matching task. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 1, 126-128. |
|
| |
|
Injection : Injection, hôpital et phobie des seringues. = piqûre. Immunization injection.
| |
BLOUNT, R.L., BACHANAS, P.J., POWERS, S.W., COTTER, M. C., RANKLIN, A., CHAPLIN, W., MAYFIELD, J., HENDERSON, M. & BLOUNT, S.D. (1992). Training children to cope and parents to coach them during routine immunizations : Effects on child, parent and staff behaviors. Behavior Therapy, 23, 689-705. |
COHEN, L.L., BERNARD,R.S., GRECO, L.A. & McLELLAN, C.B. (2002). A child-focused intervention for coping with procedural pain : Are parent and nurse coaches necessary ? Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 27 (8), 749-757. |
| POWERS, S.W., BLOUNT, R.L., BACHANAS, P.J., COTTER, M.C. & SWANN, S.C. (1993). Helping
preschool leukemia patients and their parent to cope during injections. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 18, 681-695. |
MacLAREN, J.E., COHEN, L.L. & COHEN, S. (2007). Children’s behavior during immunization injections : A principle components analysis. Children’s Health Care, 36 (3), 237-248. |
| COHEN, L.L., BLOUNT, R.L. & PANOPOULOS, G. (1997). Nurse coaching and cartoon distraction : An effective and practical intervention to reduce child, parent, and nurse distress during immunizations. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 22 (3), 355-370. |
COHEN, L.L., FANCHER, A., MacLAREN, J E. & LIM, C. S. (2006). Correlates of pediatric behavior and distress during intramuscular injections for invasive dental procedures. Journal of Clinical Pediatric Dentistry, 31, 44-47. |
| SWEET, S.D. and McGATH, P.J. (1998). Relative importance of mothers' versus medical staffs' behavior in the prediction of infant immunization pain behavior. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 23, 249-256. |
BLOUNT, R.L., DEVINE, K.A., CHENG, P. S., SIMONS, L.E. & HAYUTIN, L. (2008). The impact of adult behaviors and vocalizations on infant distress during immunizations. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 33 (10), 1163-1174. |
| MANIMALA, M.R., BLOUNT, R.L. & COHEN, L.L. (2000). The effects of parental reassurance versus distraction on child distress and coping during immunizations. Children’s Health Care, 29, 161-177 |
|
|
|
|
|
Initiation à la psychologie : Au Québec, dans le réseau Collégial, premier cours du programme/profil de psychologie. Initiation, enseignement et livre de psychologie. = Introduction à la psychologie. Introductory psychology, general psychology.
| |
BRETT, G.S. (1929). Introduction to psychology. Toronto : Macmillan of Canada. [LIRE] |
MAESTRE, M.V., TORTOSA, F., SAMPER, P. & NACHER, M.J. (2002). Psychology’s evolution through its texts : Analysis of E.R. Hilgard’s
Introduction to Psychology. Psicothema, 14, (4), 810-815. [PDF] |
| HILGARD, E.R. (1953). Introduction to the psychology. New York : Harcourt Brace. |
LANDRRUM, R.E. (2002). Tips for doing well in psychology courses. Eye on Psi Chi, 6, 16-19. |
| HILGARD, E.R. & ATKINSON, R.C. (1967). Introduction to psychology. New York : Harcourt. |
|
| OSBERG, T.M. (1986). Teaching psychology in a prison. Teaching of Psychology, 13, (1), 15-19. |
LANDRRUM, R.E., SHOEMAKER, C.S. & DAVIS, S.F. (2003). Important topics in an “Introduction to the Psychology Major” course. Teaching of Psychology, 30, 48-51. |
| VERNOY, M.W. (1987). Demonstrating classical conditioning in introductory psychology : Needles do not always make balloons pop! Teaching of Psychology, 14, 176-177. |
|
| FLORA, S.R. & PAVLIK, W.B. (1990). An objective and functional matrix for introducing concepts of reinforcement and punishment. Teaching of Psychology, 17 (2), 121-122. |
NATAHNSON, C. PAULHUS, D.L. & WILLIAMS, K.M. (2004). The challenge to cumulative learning : Do introductory courses actually benefit advanced students? Teaching of Psychology, 31 (1), 5-8. |
| BENEKE, W.M. (1991). Precision teaching to enhance reading skills of introductory psychology students. Journal of Precision Teaching, 8 (2), 37-43. |
|
| GORENFLO, D.W. & McCONNELL, J.V. (1991). The most frequently cited journal articles and authors in introductory psychology textbooks. Teaching of Psychology, 18, 8-12. |
SCHULT, C.A. & McINTSOH, J.L. (2004). Employing computer-administered exams in general psychology : student anxiety and expectations. Teaching of Psychology, 31 (3), 209-211. |
| LANDRRUM, R.E. (1993). Identifying core concepts in introductory psychology. Psychological Reports, 72, 659-666. |
MAYNARD, A.M., DOUGLAS, C. & ROWE, K.A. (2004). Exposure to the fields of psychology : Evaluation of an introductory psychology project. Teaching of Psychology, 31 (1), 37-40. |
| GRIGGS, R.A. & JACKSON, S.L. (1996). Forty years of introductory psychology : An analysis of the first 10 editions of Hilgard et al.’s textbook. Teaching of Psychology, 23 (2), 144-150. |
|
| MEYERS, S.A. (1997). Increasing student participation and productivity in small group activities for psychology classes. Teaching of psychology, 24 (2), 105-115. |
THOMPSON, R.A. & ZAMBOANGA, B.L. (2004). Academic aptitude and prior knowledge as predictor of student achievement in introductory psychology. Journal of Educational Psychology, 96(4), 778-784. |
| BEYELER, J. (1998). Reluctant readers : Case studies of reading and study strategies in introduction to psychology. The Learning Assistance Review, 3, 5-19. |
BALCH, W.R. (2005). Elaborations of introductory psychology terms : effects on test performance and subjective ratings. Teaching of Psychology, 32 (1), 29-34. |
| LANDRRUM, R.E. (2000). The encyclopedic nature of introductory psychology: Two examples. Contemporary Psychology : APA Review of Books, 45, 101-104. |
LILIENFELD, S.O. (2005). Challenging mind myths in introductory psychology courses. Psychology Teacher Network (PTN), 15 (1), 4-6. |
| MAKI, W. S. & MAKI, R.H. (2001). Mastery quizzes on the Web : Results from a Web-based introductory psychology course. Behavior Research Methods, Instruments & Computers, 33, 12-216. |
LANDRRUM, R.E. (2008). Introductory psychology student performance : weekly quizzes followed by a cumulative final exam. Teaching of Psychology, 34 (3), 177. |
| SHIMOFF, E. & CATANIA, A.C. (2001). Effects of recording attendance on grades in introductory psychology. Teaching of Psychology, 28, 192-195. |
|
|
|
| |
|
Injustice : /justice. Injustice.
| |
DEUTSCH, M. (1979). An exploratory study of the meanings of injustice and frustration. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 4, 393-401. |
| MILLER, D.T.& McCANN, D.C. (1979). Children's reactions to the victims and perpetrators of injustices. Child Development, 50, 861-868. |
| ADAMS, J. P. & DRSSLER, W.W. (1988). Perceptions of injustice in a Black community. Human Relations, 41, 753-767. |
| DEGELMAN, D. ABERTSON OWENS, S.A., REYNOLDS, T. & RIGGS, J. (1991). Age and gender differences in beliefs about personal power and injustice. International Journal of Aging & Human Development, 33, 101-111. |
| MILLER, D.T. (2001). Disrespect and the psychology of injustice. Annual Review of Psychology, 52, 527- 553. |
| RHODE, D.L. (2010). The beauty bias : The injustice of appearance in life and law. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
| |
|
Inné : Terme issu du latin in qui signifie «dans» et natus qui veut dire «né». Que l'on a en naissant (programme génétique) et qui se développe sans l'influence du milieu (le milieu joue parfois un rôle de déclencheur). Qui est programmé par les gènes pour se développer suivant un rythme et une forme particulière (organes, caractéristiques morphologiques, etc). EX: La capacité d'apprentissage est innée; le réflexe salivaire; le caractère appétitif du sucre. Bien que présentes à la naissance, les caractéristiques innées peuvent s'exprimer à tout moment ( EX: puberté à l'adolescence). EX: modification du flux hormonal à l'adolescence, baisse de la vue ou de la réponse sexuelle chez l'adulte. Certaines propriétés du cerveau - comme le langage - seraient préformés mais auraient besoin pour s'exprimer d'être stimulées ou déclenchés par le milieu (qui joue donc un rôle secondaire). EX: Chomsky compare le langage à une pellicule photographique (structure préformée ou compétence) qui a besoin d'un bain d'acide (milieu) pour s'exprimer sous forme de mots et de phrase (performance). La plupart des caractéristiques innées sont héréditaires, donc déterminés par les gènes, mais certaines sont acquises dans l'utérus (donc sans influence de l'environnement, au sens strict). EX: Reconnaissance de la voix ou des odeurs maternelles. Pour cette raison, certains auteurs considèrent que ce concept n'est pas synonyme d'hérédité. Inné et problème de l'innée et de l'acquis. = congénital, naturel. *hérédité. /acquis, expérience ou apprentissage. ( ): Taxie, réflexe, tropisme. Nature, innate, innate character, innate behaviour patterns, genetic differences.
| |
VALENTINE, C.W. (1930). The innate bases of fear. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 37, 394-419. |
DURANT, J.R. (1981). Innate character in animal and man : A perspective on the origins of ethology. In C. Webster (Ed.) Biology, medicine and society 1840-1940. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
| TRYON, R.C. (1940). Genetic differences in maze-learning ability in rats. Yearbook of the National Society for the Study of Education, 39 (1), 111-119. |
SAFIR, M.P. (1985). The effects of nature or of nurture on sex differences in intellectual functioning : Israeli Findings. Sex Roles, 14, 581-590. |
| LORENZ, K. (1950). The comparative method in studying innate behaviour patterns. Symposium of the Society of Experimental Biology, 4, 221-268. |
TOOBY, J. & COSMIDES, L. (1989). The innate versus the manifest : How universal does universal have to be? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 12, 36-37. |
| LORENZ, K. (1970). Évolution et modification du comportement : l'inné et l'acquis. Paris : Éditions Payot. |
PLOMIN, R. & McCLEARN, G.E. (Ed.) (1993). Nature, nurture, and psychology. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
| EIBL-EIBESFELDT, I. (1972). L'Homme programmé : L'inné, facteur déterminant du comportement humain. Paris : Éditions Flammarion. |
|
| RICHARDS, R.J. (1974). The innate and the learned : The evolution of Konrad Lorenz's theory of instinct. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 4, 111-133. |
|
|
|
| |
|
Innéisme : Doctrine qui attribue à nos gènes un rôle déterminant ou essentiel dans l'explication d'un certains nombres de phénomènes psychologiques (intelligence, agressivité, différences sexuelles, rôles sexuels). = nativisme.
| |
CHOMSKY, N. (1967). Recent contributions to the theory of innate ideas. Synthese, 17, 2-11. |
| TOOBY, J. & COSMIDES, L. (1989). The innate versus the manifest : How universal does universal have to be? Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 12, 36-37. |
|
| |
|
Innocuité : Qualité d'un médicament ou d'une thérapie qui n'est pas nuisible pour le client/patient/malade, qui ne présente aucun effet secondaire majeur. N.D.L.R. : Attention, innocuité ne signifie pas efficace. Les produits homéopathiques ne présentent aucun effet secondaire, ce qui ne signifie pas qu'ils ont des effets premiers! *efficacité.
/toxicité.
|
|
|
Inobservabilité méthodologique/Éthique : Principe selon lequel certains phénomènes s'observent diificilement en raison de leur caractère privé (sexualité) ou de l'effet intrusif des méthodes actuelles d'observation (présence d'un observateur, caméra et micro intimidants, etc.). EX: La sexualité d'un couple est un phénomène difficile à observer car l'utilisation de caméra, on le sait, modifie le comportement naturel des participants. = inaccessibilité.
|
Inobservabilité technique : Principe selon lequel certains phénomènes observables échappent présentement à l'observation pour des raisons techniques c-à-d que l'outil pour les observer n'a pas encore été inventé ou n'est pas encore au point. EX: Le microscope a permis d'observer les neurones qui, avant la mise au point de cette technique, étaient techniquement inobservables. Pour certains psychologues, l'esprit est techniquement inobservable; on ne peut actuellement l'observer mais un jour des chercheurs y parviendront.
|
Inobservabilité théorique : Principe selon lequel certains phénomènes sont par essence inobservable, peu importe les moyens mis en oeuvre pour les observer. EX: L'esprit est pour de nombreux théoriciens théoriquement inobservable. On ne peut actuellement l'observer et on ne pourra jamais le faire car le phénomène est en soi inobservable.
|
Inoculation sociale : Consiste à préparer une personne à résister aux arguments d'autrui en lui fournissant des parades et des contre-arguments efficaces (même s'ils sont faux... ). EX: Les Témoins de Jehovah sont inoculés contre les arguments évolutionnistes. N.D.L.R. : Testez l'argument suivant lors de leur prochaine visite : « Oui, mais il existe des fossiles qui attestent de l'évolution des espèces... ». = inoculation psychosociale.
|
Insatisfaction corporelle : Body dissatisfaction.
| |
YELLAND, C. & TIGGEMANN, M. (2003). Muscularity and the gay ideal : Body dissatisfaction and disordered eating in homosexual men. Eating Behaviors, 4 (2), 107-116. |
| ANDRIST, L.C. (2003). Media images, body dissatisfaction, and disordered eating in adolescent women. American Journal of Maternal Child Nursing, 28, 119-123. |
OATES-JOHNSON, T. & CLARK, D.A. (2004). Sociotropy, body dissatisfaction and perceived disapproval in dieting women: A prospective diathesis-stress study of dysphoria. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 28, 715-731. |
|
| |
|
Insecte : ( ): abeille, drosophile, fourmi.
| |
EWING, A. W. & MANNING, A. (1967). The evolution and genetics of insect behaviour. Annual Review of Entomology, 12, 471-494. |
|
| |
|
Insectes Sociaux : Revue scientifique d'entomologie. Éditeur : Springerlink.
BREED , M.D. (2002). Allometry in the giant tropical ant, Paraponera clavata. Insectes Sociaux, 49, 125-128.
|
|
Insécurité : État désagréable de celui ou de celle qui ne parvient pas à prédire le risque ou à éviter le changement.
|
Inscription corporelle de l'esprit : Embodied mind.
| |
VARELA, F., THOMPSON, E. & ROSCH, E. (1991/93). The embodied mind : Cognitive science and human experience / L'inscription corporelle de l'esprit : sciences cognitives et expérience humaine. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press/Paris : Éditions du Seuil. |
|
| |
|
Insight : Compréhension soudaine et intuitive d'une situation ou prise de conscience éclair de la solution à un problème. Ce concept a été développé par Bühler et appliqué aux comportements de résolution de problème des singes par Köhler. = solution eureka. Insight.
| |
TOLMAN, E.C. & HONZIK, C.H. (1930). "Insight" in rat. Publications in Psychology, 4, 215-232. |
MELTZER, D. (1976). The delusion of clarity of insight. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 57, 141-146. |
| KELLER, E.C. & HILL, C.H. (1936). Another "insight" experiment. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 48, 484-489. |
FREUD, A. (1981). Insight. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 36, 241-250. |
| DOVE, C.C. & THOMPSON, M.E. (1943). Somes studies on "Insight" in white rats. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 63, 235-245. |
WINDHOLZ, G. & LAMAL, P.A. (2002). Koehler's insight revisited. In R.A Griggs (Ed.), Handbook for teaching introductory psychology (Vol. 3, pp. 80-81). Mahwah, NJ, US : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
| JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. & WASON, P.C. (1970). A theoretical analysis of insight into a reasoning task. Cognitive Psychology 1, 134-48. |
LUO, J. & NIKI, K. (2003). Function of hippocampus in “insight” of
problem solving. Hippocampus, 13, 316-323. |
| JOHNSON-LAIRD, P.N. & WASON, P.C. (1970). Insight into a logical relation. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 22, 49-61. |
HÉLIE, S. & SUN, R. (2010). Incubation, insight, and creative problem solving : A unified theory and a connectionist model. Psychological Review, 117, 994-1024. |
|
|
| |
|
In situ : = conditions naturelles.
| |
DAWKINS, M.S., COOK, P.A., WHITTINGHAM, M.J., MANSELL, K.A. & HARPER, A. (2003) What makes free-range broilers range? In situ measurement of habitat preference. Animal Behaviour, 66, 151-160. |
| EGEMO-HELM, K.R., MILTENBERGER, R.G., KNUDSON, P., FINSTROM, N., JOSTAD, C., & JOHNSTON, B. (2007). An evaluation of in situ training to teach sexual abuse prevention skills to women with mental retardation. Behavioral Interventions, 22, 99-119. |
| BECK, K. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2009). Evaluation of a commercially-available abduction prevention program and in situ training by parents to teach abduction prevention skills to children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (4), 761-772. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Insolubilité scientifique : Nature d'un problème qui ne peut être résolu par les voies scientifiques. EX: Montrer l'influence des anges sur la prise de décision de certains politiciens. /solubilité scientifique.
|
Insomnie : Trouble du sommeil qui se traduit par des difficultés à s'endormir, par la présence de cauchemars répétées ou par l'absence de périodes de sommeil suffisamment longues pour permettre à l'individu de récupérer (privation de sommeil). = ne pas faire ses nuits, tourner dans le lit. Insomnia.
| |
STORMS, M.D. & NISBETT, R.E. (1970). Insomnia and the attribution process. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 16, 319-328. |
LUNDH, L.G., (2000). An integrative model for the analysis and treatment of insomnia. Scandinavian Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 29, 118-126. |
| WEISS, M.F. (1973). The treatment of insomnia through the use of electrosleep : An
EEG study. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 157, 108-120. |
|
| WOOLFOLK, R.L., CARR-KAFFASHAN, L., McNULTY, T.F. & LEHRER, P.M. (1976). Meditation training as a treatment for insomnia. Behavior Therapy, 7, 359-365. |
BOOTZIN, R.R. & EPSTEIN, D.R. (2000). Stimulus control instructions. In K.L. Lichstein & C.M. Morin (Eds.), Treatment of late-life insomnia (pp. 167-184). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
| BROMAN, J.E., LUNDH, L.G., ALEMAN, K. & HETTA, J. (1992). Subjective and objective performance in patients with persistent insomnia. Scandinavian Journal of Behaviour Therapy, 21, 115-126. |
ESPIE, C.A., INGLIS, S. J., TESSIER, S. & HARVEY, L. (2001). The clinical effectiveness of cognitive behaviour therapy for chronic insomnia : Implementation and evaluation of a sleep clinic in general medical practice. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 39, 45-60. |
| LUNDH, L.G., BROMAN, J.E., HETTA, J. & SABOONCHI, F. (1992). Perfectionism and insomnia. Journal of Sleep Research, 1 (S1), 138. |
BASTIEN, C.H., MORIN, C.M., OUELLET, M-C.B. & BOUCHARD, S. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia : Comparison of individual therapy, group therapy, and telephone consultations. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72, 653-659. |
| JACOBS, G.D., BENSON, H. & FRIEDMAN R. (1993). Home-based central nervous system assessment of multi-factor behavioral intervention for chronic sleep-onset insomnia. Behavior Therapy, 24 (1), 159-174. |
BASTIEN, C.H., MORIN, C.M., OUELLET, M-C.B. & BOUCHARD, S. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for insomnia : Comparison of individual therapy, group therapy, and telephone consultations. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 72, 653-659. |
| LUNDH, L.G., BROMAN, J.E. & HETTA, J (1995). Personality traits in patients with persistent insomnia. Personality & Individual Differences, 18, 393-403. |
ANCOLI-ISRAEL, S, ROTH, T. (1999). Characteristics of insomnia in the United States : results of the 1991 National Sleep Foundation survey. I. Sleep, 22, 347-353. |
| LOWDEN, A., KECKLUND, G., AXELSSON, J. & ÅKERSTEDT, T. (1998). Change from an 8-hour shift to a 12-hour shift, attitudes, sleep, sleepiness and performance. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 24 (S3), 69-75. [PDF] |
MORIN, C.M. (2004). Traitement de l’insomnie et autres troubles du sommeil. Psychologie Québec, 21 (1), 18-22. |
| MORIN, C.M., HAURI, P.J., ESPIE, C.A., SPIELMAN, A.J., BYYSSE, D.J. & BOOTZIN, R.R. (1999). Nonpharmacologic treatment of chronic insomnia. Sleep, 22, 1156-1234. |
SCOTT, B.A. & JUDGE, T.A. (2006). Insomnia, emotions, and job satisfaction : A multilevel study. Journal of Management, 32, 622-645. |
|
RATCLIFF, R. & VAN DONGENN, H.P.A. (2009). Sleep deprivation affects multiple distinct cognitive processes. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 16, 742-751. |
| |
|
Instance : Dans la théorie de la personnalité de Freud, désigne les parties ou les composants de la personnalité, soit le ça, le moi et le surmoi. = sous-structure de la personnalité, structure psychique. Agency.
|
Instinct : Chez un organisme qui se trouve dans un état physiologique particulier (faim, peur, reproduction, etc), faculté ou impulsion innée propre à tous les individus d'une même espèce (ou d'un genre), qui engendre, sans apprentissage préalable, des comportements ou des séquences parfois complexes de comportements spontanés et invariables dans leur forme et dans leur ordre, le plus souvent à la suite d'un stimulus-déclencheur. EX: Instinct de reproduction chez le chien, empreinte chez le canard. Instinct, comportement inné et hérédité. Instinct.
| |
SPALDING, D.A. (1872). On instinct. Nature, 6, 485-486. |
HITSCHMANN, E. (1924). Heightened instinctual life and obsessional neurosis in a child. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 5, 332-342. |
| DARWIN, C. (1873). Origin of certain instincts. Nature, 3, 417-418. |
STONE, C.P. (1931). William McDougall's methodological concept of instinct. In S.A. Rice (Ed.), Methods in social science (pp. 186-194). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
| SPALDING, D. (1873). Instinct : With original observations on young animals. Macmillan's Magazine 27, 282-293. |
LORENZ, K. (1937). The nature of instinct. In C.H. Schiller (1957). Instinctive behavior : The development of a modern concept. New York : New York Press. |
| MORGAN, C.L. (1884). Instinct. Nature, 29, 370-374, 405, 451-452. |
LASHLEY, K.S. (1938). Experimental analysis of instinctual behavior. Psychological Review, 45, 445-471. |
| MORGAN, C.L. (1900). Instinct vs. experience in newly hatched chicks. Nature, 62, 590. |
BENEDEK, E. (1951/52). L'instinct et l'esprit. Acta psychologica, 8, 35-62. |
| YERKES, R.M. (1915). Maternal instinct in a monkey. Journal of Animal Behavior, 5, 403-405. |
TINBERGEN, N. (1951). The study of instinct. New York : Oxford University Press. |
| DUNLAP, K. (1919/1920). Are there any instincts? Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 14, 307-311. |
NISSEN, H.W. (1953). Instinct as seen by a psychologist. Psychological Review, 60, 291-294. |
| KANTOR, J.R. (1920). A functional interpretation of human instincts. Psychological Review, 27, 50-72. |
LEHRMNAN, D. S. (1953). A critique of Konrad Lorenz’s theory of instinc- tive behavior. Quarterly Review of Biology, 28, 337-363. |
| HITSCHMANN, E. (1920). Theory of instinct and sexuality. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 1, 275-276. |
THORPE, W.H. (1956). Learning and instinct in animals. London : Methuen. |
| |
LORENZ, K. (1956/1970). The objective theory of instinct. Dans Foundation Singer-Polignac. L'instinct dans le comportement des animaux et de l'homme (p. 51-56). Paris : Masson et Cie. |
| |
KUO, Z.Y. (1961). Instinct. Princeton, NJ : Van Nostrand. |
| KUO, Z.Y. (1921). Giving up instincts in psychology. Journal of Philosophy, 18, 645-664. |
HAILMAN, J.P. (1967). The ontogeny of an instinct. Behaviour, (S15). |
| |
HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). How an instinct is learned. Scientific American, 221, 98-108. |
| HOCKING, W.E. (1921). The dilemma in the conception of instinct as applied to human psychology. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 16 (2-3), 73-96. |
RICHARDS, R.J. (1974). The innate and the learned : The evolution of Konrad Lorenz's theory of instinct. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 4, 111-133. |
| |
TODD, J.T. (1987). The great power of steady misrepresentation : Behaviorism's presumed denial of instinct. The Behavior Analyst, 10, 117-118. [PDF] |
| KUO, Z.Y. (1921). How are our instincts acquired ? Psychological Review, 29, 344-365. |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1990). Is Freud's concept of instinct incoherent ? : Resolving Strachey's dilemma. Psychoanalysis & Contemporary Thought, 13, 241-264. |
| |
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1990). Why instinctual impulses can't be unconscious: An exploration of Freud's cognitivism. Psychoanalysis & Contemporary Thought, 13, 265-288. |
| BERNARD, L.L. (1921). The misuse of instinct in the social sciences. Psychological Review, 28, 96-119. |
PINKER, S. (1994). The language instinct. How the mind creates language. Harper Perrenial/Modern Classics. |
| KANTOR, J.R. (1923/24). The problem of instinct and its relation to social psychology. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 1923-1924, 18, 50-77. |
GRIFFITHS, P.E. ( 2004). Instinct in the ’50s : the British reception of Konrad Lorenz’s theory of instinctive behavior. Biology & Philosophy, 19, 609-631. |
|
VAN VUGT, M. & PARK, J. (2008). The tribal instinct hypothesis : Evolution and the social psychology of intergroup relations. In S. Sturmer & M. Snyder (Eds.), New directions in helping and intergroup behavior. London : Blackwell. |
| |
|
Instinct de mort : Death instinct.
| |
MOXON, C. (1926). Freud's death instinct and Rank's libido theory. Psychoanalytic Review, 13, 294-303. |
| ALEXANDER, F. (1929). The need for punishment and the death-instinct. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 10, 256-269. |
| FERENCZI, S. (1929). The unwelcome child and his death-instinct. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 10, 125-129. |
| SIMMEL, E. (1944). Self-preservation and the death instinct. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 13, 160-185. |
| FLUGEL, J.C. (1953). The death instinct, homeostasis and allied concepts—Some problems and implications. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 34, 43-73. |
| ROSENFELD, H. (1971). A clinical approach to the psycho-analytic theory of the life and death instincts : an investigation into the aggressive aspects of narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52, 169-178. |
| WASKA, R. (2002). Acting out, the death instinct, and primitive experiences of loss and guilt. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10, 25-44. |
|
| |
|
Instinct de vie : Life instinct.
| |
ROSENFELD, H. (1971). A clinical approach to the psycho-analytic theory of the life and death instincts : an investigation into the aggressive aspects of narcissism. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 52, 169-178. |
|
| |
|
Instinct maternel : Mother nature.
| |
HRDY, S.B. (1999). Mother nature : A history of mothers, infants and natural selection. New York : Pantheon. |
|
| |
|
Institut/Institution psychiatrique : Terme générique servant à désigner le lieu où l'on soigne les malades mentaux, généralement au moyen de thérapies médicamenteuses. On utilise souvent le mot interner pour désigner les malades (les fous) qui sont soignés contre leur gré. Institut psychiatrique, psychiatrisé et psychiatrisation. = établissement psychiatrique, hôpital psychiatrique, asile. Mental institution, special hospital.
| |
TURNER, A.J. & VERNON, J.C. (1976). Prompts to increase attendance in a community mental health center. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 9 (2), 141-145. |
| FRIEDMAN, P.R. (1975). Legal regulation of applied behavior analysis in mental institutions and prisons. Arizona Law Review, 17, 39-104. |
| BOWDEN, P. (1981). What happens to patients released from the special hospitals ? British Journal of Psychiatry, 138, 340-345. |
| AYLLON, T. (2003). Traitement comportemental en institution psychiatrique. Bruxelles : Pierre Mardaga. |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Institut de Psychologie de l'Université de Montréal : Il s'agit de la première école de psychologie francophone au Québec. Son fondateur est Noël Mailloux.
|
|
Institut Nationale de Santé Publique du Québec : = INSPQ.
|
|
Institute for Scientific Information : Organisme chargé d'indexer et d'évaluer les revues scientifiques. Le classement des revues qui résulte de cette évaluation est publié dans le Journal Citation reports. Ce classement permet d'évaluer l'importance ou la valeur des articles scientifiques ( N.D.L.R : mais pas nécessairement leur qualité).
|
Institution : Organisation reconnue pour son rôle essentiel au sein de la communauté, de la société. Cette organisation peut-être informelle ( EX: la famille) ou formelle ( EX: le gouvernement), privée ( EX: Bombardier) ou publique ( EX: Hydro-Québec).
|
Instruction : Le mot a deux significations voisines : a) En psychologie, on définit l'instruction par sa fonction, et non par sa structure ou sa nature. L'instruction est donc ce qui permet l'exécution d'un comportement. Elle peut être génétiquement programmée (code génétique) ou acquise (règle), simple ou complexe. b) En informatique, l'instruction est une série de bits codés dans un programme. Instruction.
| |
a |
| AYLLON, T. & AZRIN, N.H. (1964). Reinforcement and instructions with mental patients. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7 (4), 327-331. [PDF] |
| KOHLENBERG, R.J. (1970). Effect of instructions to ignore a stimulus and the GSR. Psychonomic Science, 19, 220. |
| SNOW, R.E. & LOHMAN, D.F. (1984). Toward a theory of cognitive aptitude for learning from instruction. Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 347-376. |
| ENGELMANN, S. & CARNINE, D. (1991). Theory of instruction : Principles and applications. Eugene, OR : ADI Press. |
| TORGESEN, J.K., ALEXANDER, A.W., WAGNER, R.K., RASHOTTE, C.A., VOELLER, K., CONWAY, T. & ROSE, E. (2001). Intensive remedial instruction for children with severe reading disabilities: Immediate and long-term outcomes from two instructional approaches. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 34, 33-58. |
| MAYER, R.E. (2003). Learning and instruction. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
| b |
|
| |
|
|
Instruction verbale : Verbal instruction.
| |
AYLLON, T. & AZRIN, N.H. (1964). Reinforcement and instructions with mental patients. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7 (4), 327-331. [PDF] |
| ZAHAVI, S. & ASHER, S.R. (1978). The effect of verbal instructions on pre-school children's aggressive behavior. Journal of School Psychology, 16, 146-153. |
|
| |
|
Instructional Science : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à l'enseignement et à l'étude des instructions. Éditeur : Springer.
SWELLER, J. (2004). Instructional design consequences of an analogy between evolution by natural selection and human cognitive architecture. Instructional Science, 32, 9-31. |
|
Instrument de mesure : Objet conçu pour mesurer de manière précise et systématique les phénomènes, y compris certaines propriétés des phénomènes psychologiques. EX: Un chronomètre permet de mesurer la durée d'un comportement de jeu. = outil de mesure, outil de collecte de données.
|
Instrument d'observation : Objet conçu pour observer de manière systématique et précise les phénomènes, y compris certaines propriétés des phénomènes psychologiques. EX: Une caméra vidéo permet d'observer à distance le jeu chez de jeunes enfants. Instrument d'observation et paramètres. = outil d'observation.
|
Instrumentaliser : Ce terme possède au moins trois acceptions, plus ou moins voisines les unes des autres: a) dans certain cas, notamment en sciences politiques, ce terme désigne l'action qui consiste à dévoyer un individu vers une entreprise dont il ignore les fins réels ou les conséquences néfastes pour lui à long terme. On peut également détourner un objet de sa fonction initiale pour en faire l'instrument de nos intérêts; b) En psychologie organisationnelle, on utilise le terme pour qualifier des relations de travail davantage centrées sur l'efficacité et le rendement que sur la cordialité et la sociabilité (on parle de leader centré sur la tâche plutôt que sur la personne et les rapports humains); c) En psychologie du développement, le terme renvoie également à la capacité acquise progressivement par l'adolescent et le jeune adulte à prendre leurs responsabilités et à combler leurs besoins plutôt que de s'en remettre à ses parents pour les assumer et les satisfaire. = indépendance, autonomie.
| |
|
| |
|
Instrumentalisme : Doctrine philosophique qui postule que les théories scientifiques ne sont pas le reflet plus ou moins fidèle de la réalité (réalisme), mais des instruments dont l'objectif premier est de prédire et de contrôler la réalité. Pour les intrumentalistes, la prédiction et le contrôle de la réalité prime sur l'explication. /realisme. ( ): Dennett, Duhem. Instrumentalism.
| |
TOULMIN, S.E. (1953). The philosophy of science; develops an instrumentalist view. London : Hutchinson's University Library. |
|
| |
|
Insuffisance respiratoire : Maladie. = Dyspnée. Respiratory infection.
| |
COHEN, S., LINE, S., MANUCK, S.B., RABIN, B.S., HEISE, E. & KAPLAN, J R. (1997). Chronic social stress, social status and susceptibility to upper respiratory infections in nonhuman primates. Psychosomatic Medicine, 59, 213-221. [LIRE] |
| COHEN, S., DOYLE, W.J. & SKONER, D.P. (1999). Psychological stress, cytokine production, and severity of upper respiratory illness. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 175-180. [LIRE] |
| COHEN, S. (1999). Social status and susceptibility to respiratory infections. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 896, 246-253. [LIRE] |
|
| |
|
|
|
Intégration neuro-émotionnelle par les mouvements oculaires : Pseudotechnologie développée par Shapiro pour traiter les traumatismes en tout genre, y compris le syndrome post-traumatique. EMDR, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing.
| |
LOHR, J.M., KLEINKNECHT, R.A., CONLEY, A.T., DAL CERRO, S., SCHMIDT, J. & SONNTAG, M. (1992). A methodological critique of the current status of Eye Movement Desensitization (EMD). Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 23, 159-167. |
CAHILL, S.P., CARRIGNAN, M.H. & CHRISTOPHER, F. (1999). Does EMDR work? And if so, why? : a critical review of controlled outcome and dismantling research. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 13, 5-33. |
| ROSEN, G. (1995). A note to EMDR critics : what you didn’t see is only part of what you didn’t get. Behaviour Therapy, 16, 216. |
ROSEN, G. (1999). Treatment fidelity and research on Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 13, 173-184. |
| GREENWALD, R. (1994). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) : An overview. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 24, 15-33. |
HERBERT, J.D., LILIENFELD, S.O., LOHR, J.M., MONTGOMERY, R.W., O’DONOHUE, W.T., ROSEN, G.M. & TOLIN, D.F. (2000). Science and pseudoscience in the development of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing : Implications for clinical psychology. Clinical Psychology Review, 20 (8), 945-971. |
| RENFREY, G. & SPATES, R.C. (1994). Eye movement desensitization : A partial dismantling study. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 25, 231-239. |
SIMON, M. (2000). A comparison between EMDR and exposure for treating PTSD : A single-subject analysis. Behavior Therapist, 23 (8), 172-175. |
| LOHR, J., KLEINKNECHT, R., TOLIN, D. & BARRETT, R. (1995). The empirical status of the clinical application of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 26, 285-302. |
DAVIDSON, P.R. & PARKER, K.C.H. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) : A meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (2), 305-316. |
| ROSEN, G. (1995). On the origin of eye movement desensitization. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 26, 121-122. |
|
| LILIENFIELD, S.O. (1996). EMDR treatment : less than meets the eye? Skeptical Inquirer, 20 (1), 25-31. |
|
| McNALLY, R. (1996). Review of F. Shapiro's "Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing : Basic principles, protocols, and procedures. Anxiety, 2, 153-155. |
DAVIDSON, P.R. & PARKER, K.C. (2001). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) : a meta-analysis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (2), 305-316. |
| LOHR, J.M., TOLIN, D.F. & LILIENFIELD, S.O. (1998). Efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing : Implications for behavior therapy. Behavior Therapy, 29, 123-156. |
PERKINS, B. & ROUANZOIN, C. (2002). A critical evaluation of current views regarding eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) : Clarifying points of confusion. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58 (1), 77-97. |
| |
GAUDIANO, B.A. (2002). EMDR and the media : Is change in the wind? The Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice, 1, 201-203. |
| ZEISS, A. (1998). EMDR 1997 update. The Behavior Therapist, 21, 28. |
MAXFIELD, L. & HYER, L.A. (2002). The relationship between efficacy and methodology in studies investigating EMDR treatment of PTSD. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58, 23-41. |
| LOHR, J.M., LILIENFIELD, S.O., TOLIN, D.F. & HERBERT, J.D. (1999). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing : An analysis of specific versus nonspecific treatment factors. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 13, 185-207. |
DEVILLY, G.J. (2005). Power therapies and possible threats to the science of psychology and psychiatry. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 39 (6), 437-445. |
| McNALLY, R. (1999). EMDR and Mesmerism : A comparative historical analysis. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 13, 225-236. |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Intellectica : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui se consacre à l'étude de l'intelligence. Éditeur : Intellectica & Association pour la Recherche Cognitive.
JAMET, F., LEGROS, D. & PUDELKO, B. (2004). Dessin et discours : construction de la représentation de la causalité du monde physique. Intellectica, 38, 103-137. |
|
|
|
Intellectualisation : Mécanisme de défense qui consiste à transformer un problème auquel on ne veut pas faire face en un problème très abstrait, plus lointain et surtout moins menaçant. EX: On peut intellectualiser sa pulsion agressive contre son patron en écrivant un livre en trois tomes sur la violence symbolique de la civilisation post-moderne ou en rédigeant un méticuleux et soporifique lexique de psychologie. Intellectualization, isolation of affect.
|
Intellectuel : Individu qui a un intérêt marqué pour la connaissance (science, arts, politique, littérature, etc.), et qui défend ses idées, même si elles ne sont pas toujours populaires.
| |
ARON, R. (1955). L'opium des intellectuels. Paris : Calmann-Lévy. |
| GUAY, J.H., NOREAU, P., DROUILLY, P. et COTNOIR, P.A. (1997). L’intellectuel dans la société. Bulletin d'Histoire Politique, AQHP/Septentrion, 4 (2), 93-99. |
| WAGNER, P. (2003). La notion d’intellectuel engagé chez Sartre. Le Portique : Le Portique, Revue de philosophie et de sciences humaines. [PDF] |
| BAUMAN, Z. (2007). La décadence des intellectuels. Des législateurs aux interprètes Chambon. Actes Sud. |
|
| |
|
Intelligence : De façon générale, capacité cognitive - en grande partie innée pour certains, acquise pour d'autres - d'acquérir des connaissances afin de résoudre des problèmes (intellectuels, logique, mathématiques, manuels, personnels, sociaux, etc.). Pour Piaget, l'intelligence est la capacité de s'adapter au milieu. On évalue l'intelligence au moyen d'un test d'intelligence. Le résultat de ce test se nomme quotient intellectuel. Intelligence, créativité et groupe des 52. = aptitudes intellectuelles, facultés mentales, développement intellectuel. Intelligence.
| |
MORGAN, C.L. (1882). Animal intelligence. Nature, 26, 523-524. |
DOISE W. (1985). Le développement social de l'intelligence : aperçu historique, In G.Mugny (Dir.), Psychologie sociale du développement cognitif (pp. 39-55). Berne : Peter Lang. |
| ROMANES, G.J. (1882). Animal intelligence. London : Kegan Paul, Trench & Co. |
GARDNER, H. (1983). Frames of mind : The theory of multiple intelligences. New York : Basic Books. |
| CATTELL, J.M. (1890). Mental tests and measurements. Mind, 15, 373-381. |
EPSTEIN, R., KIRSHNIT, C.E., LANZA, R.P. & RUBINS, L.C. (1984). "Insight" in the pigeon : Antecedents and determinants of an intelligent performance. Nature, 308, 61-62. |
| THORNDIKE, E.L. (1898). Animal intelligence : An experimental study of the associative processes in animals. Psychological Review Monograph supplement, 2, 8. |
GUSTAFSSON, J.E. (1984). A unifying model for the structure of intellectual abilities. Intelligence, 3, 179-203. |
| BINET, A. (1903). L'Étude expérimentale de l'intelligence. Paris : Schleicher. |
STERNBERG, R.J. (1985). Beyond IQ : A triarchic theory of human intelligence. New York, NY : Cambridge University Press. |
| SPEARMAN, C.E. (1904). "General intelligence", objectively determined and measured. American Journal of Psychology 15, 201-293. |
HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1985). General intelligence : An integration of factor, test, and simplex theory. In B.B. Wolman (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp. 201-224). New York : Wiley. |
| BINET, A. et SIMON, T. (1905). Applications des methodes nouvelles au diagnostic du niveau intellectuel chez des enfants normaux et anormaux d’hospice et d’ecole primaire. L'Année Psychologique, 11, 245-366. |
SPITZ, H.H. (1986). The raising of intelligence : A selected history of attempts to raise retarded intelligence. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
| |
SNYDERMAN, M. & ROTHMAN, S. (1987). Survey of expert opinion of intelligence and aptitude
testing. American Psychologist, 42, 137- 144. |
| BURT, C. (1909). Experimental tests of general intelligence. British Journal of Psychology, 3, 94-177. |
GREGORY, R.L. & MARSTRAND, P. (1987). Creative intelligences. London: Francis Pinter. |
| THORNDIKE, E.L. (1911). Animal intelligence. New York : Macmillan. |
ROBINSON, N.M. & JANOS, P.M. (1987). The contribution of intelligence tests to the understanding of special children. In J.D. Day & J.B. Borkowski (Eds.), Intelligence and exceptionality : New directions for theory, assessement, and instructional practices (pp. 21-56). Ablex Publishing Corporation. |
| TERMAN, L. (1919). The intelligence of school children. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
VERNON, P.E. (1987). Speed of information processing and intelligence. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
| KANTOR, J.R. (1920). Intelligence and mental tests. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, Scientific Method, 17, 260-268. |
|
| GODDARD, H.H. (1920). Human efficiency and levels of intelligence. Princeton, NJ : Princeton University Press. |
BYRNE, R. & WHITEN, A. (1988). Machiavellian intelligence. Oxford University Press. |
| BODE, B.H. (1921). Intelligence and behavior. Journal of Philosophy 18 (1), 10-17. |
STERNBERG, R.J. (1988). The triarchic mind : A new theory of human intelligence. New York : Viking. |
| WITMER, L. (1922). Intelligence—A definition. Psychological Clinic, 14, 65-67. |
STERNBERG, R.J. (Ed.) (1988). Advances in the psychology of human intelligence. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
| ANGELL, J.R. (1922). The evolution of intelligence. In G. A. Baitsell, (Ed.), The evolution of man (pp. 103-125). New Haven, CT : Yale University Press. |
LOHMAN, D.F. (1989). Human intelligence : An introduction to advances in theory and research. Review of Educational Research, 59 (4), 333-374. |
| WITMER, L. (1922). What is intelligence, and who has it? Scientific Monthly, 15, 57-67. |
|
| BRIGHAM, C. (1923). A study of American Intelligence. Princeton : University Press. |
STAATS, A.W. (1990). Paradigmatic behaviorism and intelligence : Task analysis? technical plan? or theory? Psicothema, 2 (1), 7-24. |
THURSTONE, L.L. (1924/1973). The nature of intelligence. London : Routledge. |
LYNN, R. (1990). The role of nutrition in secular increases in intelligence. Personality & Individual Differences 11, 273-285. |
| GOODENOUGH, F. & TERMAN, L.M. (1926). Measurement of intelligence by drawings. The American Journal of Sociology, 32 (3), 497-498. |
KAUFMAN, A.S. (1990). Assessing adolescent and adult intelligence. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. |
| LASHLEY, K.S. (1929). Brain mechanisms and intelligence. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
STERNBERG, R.J. (1990). Metaphores of mind : Conceptions of the nature of intelligence. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
| PIAGET, J. (1931). Le développement intellectuel chez les jeunes enfants : étude critique.
Mind, 40 (158), 137-160. [PDF] |
|
| JONES, H.E. (1933). The growth and decline of intelligence : A study of a homogeneous group between the ages of ten and sixty. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 3, 223-298. |
BROOKS, R.A. (1991). Intelligence without representation. Artificial Intelligence, 47, 139-159. |
| PIAGET, J. (1936). La naissance de l’intelligence chez l’enfant. Delachaux et Niestlé. |
SCHLINGER, H.D. (1992). Intelligence : Real or artificial? The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 10, 125-133. |
| TERMAN, L. & MERRIL, M. (1937). Measuring intelligence. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
BRODY, N. (1992). Intelligence. San Diego : Academic Press. |
| |
SELIGMAN, D. (1992). A question of intelligence : The IQ debate in America. New York : Citadel
Press. |
| |
BATES, T.C. & EYSENK, H.J. (1993). intelligence inspection time, and decision time. Intelligence, 17, 523-531. |
| THURSTONE, L.L. (1938). Primary mental abilities. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
VERNON, P.E. (1993). Biological approaches to the study of human intelligence. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
| WECHSLER, D. (1939). The measurement of adult intelligence. Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins. |
DEESE, J. (1993). Human abilities versus intelligence. Intelligence, 17 (2), 107-116. |
| |
YEKOVICH, F.R. (1994). Current issues in research on intelligence. Practical Assessment, Research & Evaluation, 4 (4) [LIRE] |
| WECHSLER, D. (1940). Non-intellective factors in general intelligence. Psychological Bulletin, 37, 444-445. |
LYNN, R. (1994). Sex differences in intelligence and brain size: A paradox resolved. Personality & Individual Differences, 17, 257-271. |
| CATTELL, R.B. (1941). Some theoretical issues in adult intelligence testing. Psychological Bulletin, 38, 592. |
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & MURRAY, C. (1994). The bell curve : Intelligence and class structure in American life. New York : Free Press. |
| THURSTONE, L.L. & THURSTONE, T.G. (1941). Factorial studies of intelligence. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. |
CALVIN, W.H. (1994). The emergence of intelligence. Scientific American, 271, 521-536. |
| PIAGET, J. (1947). La psychologie de l'intelligence.
Paris: Armand Colin. |
|
| PIAGET, J. & INHELDER, B. (1947). Diagnosis of mental operations and theory of the intelligence. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 51 (3), 401-406. |
|
| MEILI, R. (1949). Sur la nature des facteurs d'intelligence. Acta Psychologica, 6, 40-58. |
HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1994). Intelligence from the standpoint of a (pragmatic) behaviorist. Psychological Inquiry, 5, 179-192. |
| PIAGET, J. (1950). Perception et intelligence. Bulletin du Groupe d'Études de Psychologie de l'Université de Paris, 4 (1-2), 25-34. |
CECI, S.J. & BRUCK, M. (1994). The bio-ecological theory of intelligence : A developmental-contextual perspective. In D.K. Detterman (Ed.), Current topics in human intelligence (Vol. 4). Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
| TURING, A.M. (1950). Computing machinery and intelligence. Mind, 59, 433-460. |
KIRSH, D. (1995). The intelligent use of space. Artificial Intelligence, 73 (1-2), 31-68. |
| VAN DER HORST, L. (1950). The effect of lesions of the brain on the “intelligence” of rats. Acta psychologica, 7, 247-255. |
CARROLL, J.B. (1995). Reflections on Stephen Jay Gould's The Mismeasure of Man (1981) : A retrospective review. Intelligence, 21, 121-134. |
| BURT, C. (1955). The evidence for the concept of intelligence. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 25, 158-177. |
|
| CARLSSON, G. (1955). Social class, intelligence and the verbal factor. Acta psychologica, 11, 269-278. |
EMBRETSON, S. (1995). The role of working memory capacity and general control processes in intelligence. Intelligence, 20, 169-189. |
| GUILFORD, J.P. (1956). Structure of intellect. Psychological Bulletin, 53, 267-293. |
|
| GUILFORD, J.P. (1959). Three faces of intellect. American Psychologist, 14, 469-479. |
|
| HUNT, J. McV. (1961). Intelligence and experience. New York : Ronald Press. |
|
| GOUIN-DÉCARIE, T. (1962). Intelligence et affectivité chez le jeune enfant : Étude expérimentale de la notion d'objet chez Jean Piaget et de la relation objectale. Genève : Delachaux et Niestlé. |
CALVIN, W.H. (1996). How brains think : Evolving intelligence, then and now. New York : Basic Books. |
| HEARD, W.G., FINLEY, J.R. & STAATS, A.W. (1963). The relationship of intelligence test scores to the case of language conditioning. Journal of General Psychology, 103, 227-231. |
BROWN, J.L. & POLLITT, E. (1996). Malnutrition, poverty and intellectual development. Scientific American, 274, 38-43. [PDF] |
| HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1966). Refinement and test of the theory of fluid and crystallized general intelligences. Journal of Educational Psychology, 57, 253-270. |
WOZNIAK, R.H. (1996). Qu'est-ce que l'intelligence? Piaget, Vygotsky, and the 1920s crisis in psychology. In A. Tryphon & J. Vonèche (Eds). Piaget-Vygotsky. The social genesis of thought (pp. 11-24). Hove, East Sussex : Psychology Press. |
| GUILFORD, J.P. (1967). The nature of human intelligence. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
STERNBERG, R.J. & GRIGORENKO, E. (Eds.) (1996). Intelligence : Heredity and environment. New York : Cambridge University Press. |
| HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1967). Age differences in fluid and crystallized intelligence. Acta Psychologica, 26, 107-129. |
GOULD, S.J. (1996/7). Themismeasure of man / La mal-mesure de l'homme. New York : W.W. Norton/Paris : Odile Jacob. |
| GUILFORD, J.P. (1968). Intelligence, creativity and their educational implications. San Diego, California : R.R. Knapp. |
|
| HORN, J.L. (1968). Organization of abilities and the development of intelligence. Psychological Review, 75 (3), 242-259. |
NEISSER, U., BOODOO, G., BOUCHARD, T.J., BOYKIN, A.W., BRODY, N., CECI., S J., HALPERN, D.F., LOEHLIN, J.C., PERLOFF, R., STERNBERG, R.J. & URBINA, S. (1996). Intelligence : Knowns and unknowns. American Psychologist, 51 (2), 77-101. |
| BARLOW, H.B. (1970). Definition of intelligence. Nature, 228, 1008. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S (1996). What do we know about intelligence?American Scholar, 4, 15-30. [PDF] |
| SCARR, S.W., PAKSTIS, A.J., KATZ, S.H. & BARKER, W.B. (1971). Absence of a relationship between degree of White ancestry and intellectual skills within a Black population. Human Genetics, 39, 69-86. |
CARROLL, J.B.. (1997). Psychometrics, intelligence, and public perception. Intelligence, 24 (1), 25-52. |
| PIAGET, J. (1972). The psychology of intelligence. Totowa. NJ : Littlefield Adams. |
STERNBERG, R. (1996). Successful intelligence. New York: Simon & Schuster. |
| CRANO, W., KENNY D.A. & CAMPBELL, D.T. (1972). Does intelligence cause achievement? A cross-lagged panel analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 63, 258-275. |
PLOMIN, R. & PETRILL, S.A. (1997). Genetics and intelligence : What's new? Intelligence, 24, 53-77. |
| SPEARMAN, C.E. (1973). The nature of "intelligence" and the principles of cognition. New York : Macmillan. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1997). Mainstream science on intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23. [PDF] |
| McCLELLAND, D.C. (1973). Testing for competence rather than intelligence. American
Psychologist, 28 (1), 1-14. |
HALPERN, D.F. (1997). Sex differences in intelligence : Implications for education.
American Psychologist, 52 1091-1102 |
| GUILFORD, J.P. & HOEPFNER, R. (1971). The analysis of intelligence. New York : McGraw-Hill Company. |
GORDON, R. A. (1997). Everyday life as an intelligence test : Effects of intelligence and intelligence context. Intelligence, 24, 203-320. |
| WOBER, M. (1974). Towards an understanding of the Kiganda concept of intelligence. In J.W. Berry & P.R Dasen (Eds,), Culture and cognition : Readings in cross-cultural psychology. London : Methuen. |
BOUCHARD, T.J. (1998). Genetic and environmental influences on adult intelligence and special mental abilities. Human Biology, 70, 257-279. |
| LOEHLIN, J.C., LINDZEY, G. & SPUHLER J N. (1975). Race differences in intelligence. San Francisco : Freeman. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1998). IQ and human intelligence. Oxford/New York : Oxford University Press. |
| SCARR, S.W. (1975). Genetics and the development of intelligence. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
SPITZ, H.H. (1999). Beleaguered pygmalion : A history of the controversy over claims that teacher expectancy raises intelligence. Intelligence, 27, 199-234. |
| BINDRA, D. (1976). A theory of intelligent behavior. New York : Wiley. |
|
| SCARR, S.W. & WEINBERG, R.A. (1978). The influence of "family background" on Intellectual attainment. American Sociological Review, 43, 674 692. |
BOUCHARD, T.J. (1999). The search for intelligence. Science, 284, 922-923. |
| BRAINERD, C.J. (1978). Piaget's theory of Intelligence. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
GARDNER, H. (1999). Intelligence reframed. New York : Basic Books. |
| ROSE, R.J.., HARRIS, E.L., CHRISTIAN, J.C. & NANCE, W.E. (1979). Genetic variance in non-verbal intelligence : Data from the kinships of identical twins. Science, 205, 1153-1155. |
DEARY, I. J. (2000). Looking down on human intelligence: From psychometrics to the brain. Oxford, England : Oxford University Press. |
| PLOMIN, R. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1980). Genetics and intelligence : Recent data. Intelligence, 4, 15-24. |
MAYER, R.E. (2000). Intelligence, society, and culture. In R. J. Sternberg, Handbook of intelligence (pp. 518-533). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
| HUNT, E.B. (1980). Intelligence as an information-processing concept. British Journal of Psychology, 71, 449-474. |
WARWICK, K. (2000). QI : the quest for intelligence. London : Judy Piatkus Publishers Ltd. |
| STERNBERG, R.J. (1981). Intelligence and nonentrenchment. Journal of Educational Psychology, 73, 1-16. |
CASE, R., DEMETRIOU, A., PLATSIDOU, M. & KAZI, S. (2001). Integrating concepts and tests of intelligence from the differential and the developmental traditions. Intelligence, 29, 307-336. |
| DOISE, W. & MUGNY, G. (1981). Le développement social de l’intelligence. Paris : InterEditions. |
DEARY, I.J. (2001). Intelligence : A very short introduction. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
| BOUCHARD, T.J. & McGUE, M. (1981). Familial studies of intelligence : a review. Science, 212, 1055-1059. |
SCHLINGER, H.D. (2003). The myth of intelligence. The Psychological Record, 53, 15-32. |
DETTERMAN, D.K. & STERNBERG, R.J. (Eds.). (1982). How and how much can intelligence be increased. Norwood, NJ : Ablex. |
CONWAY, A.R.A., KANE, .J. & ENGLE, R.W. (2003). Working memory capacity and its relation to general intelligence. Trends in Cognitive Science, 7, 547-552. |
| SHIELDS, S.A. (1982). The variability hypothesis : History of a biological model of sex differences in intelligence. Journal of Women in Culture & Society, 7, 769-797. |
DEMETRIOU, A. KYRIAKIDES, L. & AVRAAMIDOU, C. (2003). The missing link in the relations between intelligence and personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 37, 547-581. |
| |
JUDGE, T.A., COLBERT, A.E. & ILIES, R. (2004). Intelligence and leadership : A quantitative review and test of theoretical propositions. Journal of Applied Psychology, 89, 542-552. |
| CARROLL, J.B. (1982). The measurement of intelligence. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of human intelligence (pp.29-120). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
PREMACK, D. (2004). Psychology. Is language the key to human intelligence ? Science, 303 (5656), 318-320. |
| LYNN, R. (1982). IQ in Japan and the United States shows a growing disparity. Nature, 297, 222-223. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & DEARY, I.J. (2004). Intelligence predicts health and longevity, but why? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13 (1), 1-4. [PDF] |
| COOPER, L.A. & RAGAN, D. T. (1982). Attention, perception, and intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of human intelligence (123-169). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (2004). Intelligence : Is it the health epidemiologists’ elusive “fundamental cause” of health inequalities? Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 86, 174 –199. |
| STERNBERG, R.J. (1983). Components of human intelligence. Cognition, 15, 1-48. |
VAN DER MASS, H.L.J., DOLAN, C.V., GRASMAN, R.P.P.P., WICHERTS, J.M., HUIZENGA, H.M. & RAIJMAKERS, M.E.J. (2006). A dynamical model of general intelligence : The positive manifold of intelligence by mutualism. Psychological Review, 113 (4), 842-860. |
| BARLOW, H.B. (1983). Intelligence, guesswork, language. Nature, 304, 207-209. |
LYNN, R. (2006). Race differences in intelligence : An evolutionary analysis. Washington : Washington Summit Publishers. |
| GARDNER, H. (1983). Multiple intelligences : The theory in practice. New York : Basic Books. |
FAGAN, J.F. & HOLLAND, C.R. (2007). Racial equality in intelligence : Predictions from a theory of intelligence as processing. Intelligence, 35, 319-334. |
| MARSHALEK, B., LOHMAN, D.F. & SNOW, R.E. (1983). The complexity continuum in the radex and hierarchical models of intelligence. Intelligence, 7, 107-127. |
CAREY, D.P. (2007). Is bigger really better? The search for brain size and intelligence in the twenty-first century. In S.D. Sala (Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain : separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. (2007). Modèles néo-piagétiens du développement cognitif et perspective psychométrique de l’intelligence : y a-t-il convergence ? L’Année Psychologique, 107, 257-302. |
| |
FLYNN, J.R. (2007). What is intelligence ? : Beyond the Flynn effect. Cambridge University Press. |
| |
JUNG, R.E., GASPAROVIC, C., CHAVEZ, R., CAPRIHAN, A. & YEO, R.A. (2009). Imaging intelligence with proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy. Intelligence, 37, 124-135. [PDF] |
|
|
Intelligence : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui se consacre à l'étude de l'intelligence. Éditeur : Elsevier.
GUSTAFSSON, J.E. (1984). A unifying model for the structure of intellectual abilities. Intelligence 3, 179-203. |
|
Intelligence (Test d'...) : Tests objectifs ayant pour but d'évaluer les différentes formes d'intelligence. La mesure obtenue par ces tests se nomme le quotient intellectuel. Binet et Simon sont les inventeurs du premier test d'intelligence (l'Échelle métrique de l'intelligence), en 1905. EX: WAIS. Test d'intelligence et déficience intellectuelle. = test mental, test d'aptitude intellectuelle. ( ): Barbeau-Pinard, Binet-Simon, Cattel, NEMI, Stanford-Binet, WAIS, WBIS, WISC, WPPSI. Intelligence test, IQ test, mental test.
| Q.I |
Évaluation |
| < = 25 |
Déficience mentale profonde |
| 26 à 40 |
Déficience mentale sévère |
| 41 à 55 |
Déficience mentale modérée |
| 56 à 70 |
Déficience mentale légère |
| 71 à 85 |
Déficience mentale limite |
| 86 à 115 |
Intelligence moyenne |
| 116 et + |
Intelligence supérieure |
| |
CATTELL, J.M. (1890). Mental tests and measurements. Mind, 15, 373-381. |
CARPENTER, P.A., JUST, M.A. & SHELL, P. (1990). What one intelligence test measures (Raven's). Psychological Review, 97 (3), 404-431. |
| SPEARMAN, C.E. (1904). "General intelligence", objectively determined and measured. American Journal of Psychology, 15, 201-293. |
AARON, P.G. (1991). Can reading disabilities be diagnosed without using intelligence tests? Journal of Learning Disabilities. 24, 178-186. |
| BINET, A. et SIMON, T. (1905). Methodes nouvelles pour la diagnostic du niveau intellectuel des anormaux. L'Année Psychologique, 11, 191-244. |
|
| BINET, A. et SIMON, T. (1905). Applications des methodes nouvelles au diagnostic du niveau intellectuel chez des enfants normaux et anormaux d’hospice et d’école primaire. L'Année Psychologique, 11, 245-366. |
FLYNN, J.R. (1994). IQ gains over time. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Encyclopedia of human intelligence (pp. 617-623). New York : Macmillan. |
| TERMAN L.M. (1916). The uses of intelligence tests. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. |
|
| TERMAN L.M. (1916). The measurement of intelligence. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Company. |
|
| GODDARD, H.H. (1917). Mental tests and the immigrant. Journal of Delinquency, 2, 243-277. |
FLYNN, J.R. (1999). Searching for justice : The discovery of IQ gains over time. American Psychologist, 54, 5-20. |
| KANTOR, J.R. (1920). Intelligence and mental tests. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology, Scientific Method, 17, 260-268. |
|
| TERMAN L.M. & MERRILL, M.A. (1937). Measuring intelligence. Boston : Houghton Mifflin
Company. |
|
| TERMAN L.M. & MERRILL, M.A. (1960). Stanford -Binet Intelligence Scale. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Compagny. |
|
| ZIGLER, E. & BUTTERFIELD, E.C. Motivational aspects of changes in IQ test performance of cul- turally deprived nursery school children. Child Development, 39, 1-14. |
|
| JENSEN, A.R. (1980). Bias in mental testing. New York: Free Press. |
|
| GOULD, S.J. (1983). The mismeasure of man. New York : Basic Books. |
HADDOU, M. (1999). Tests et évaluation de l'intelligence. Paris : Flammarion/Dominos. |
| ANASTASI, A. (1983). What do intelligence tests measure? In S.B. Anderson & J.S. Helmick (Eds.), On educational testing : Intelligence, performance standards, test anxiety, and latent traits (pp. 5-28). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
WHITE, S. (2000). Conceptual foundations of IQ testing. Psychology, Public Policy, & Law, 6 (1), 33-43. |
| STERNBERG, R.J. (1985). Beyond IQ: A triarchic theory of human intelligence. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
| FLYNN, J.R. (1987). Massive IQ gains in 14 nations : What IQ tests really measure. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 171-191. |
BERNAUD, J.-L. (2000). Tests et théories de l'intelligence. Paris : Dunod. |
| LYNN, R. (1987). Japan : Land of the rising IQ, A reply to Flynn. Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 40, 464-468. |
MEIJER, J. & OOSTAM, R. (2007). Test anxiety and intelligence testing : A closer examination of the stage-fright hypothesis and the influence of stressful instruction. Anxiety, Stress, & Coping, 20 (1), 77-91. [PDF] |
| STERNBERG, R.J. (1991). Death, taxes, and bad intelligence tests. Intelligence, 15 (3), 257-269. |
LEIGHTON, J.P. (2010). Review of Stanovich, K.E. (2009). What intelligence tests miss : The psychology of rational thought. Canadian Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 51, 1 |
| JENSEN, A.R. (1989). Rising IQ without increasing g? Development Review, 9, 234-258. |
|
|
|
| |
|
Intelligence animale : Animal Intelligence.
| |
MORGAN, C.L. (1882). Animal intelligence. Nature, 26, 523-524. |
VAUCLAIR, J. (1992/95). L’intelligence de l’animal. Paris : Seuil Point Sciences. |
| ROMANES, G.J. (1882). Animal intelligence. London : Kegan Paul, Trench & Co. |
LEFEBVRE, L. (2001). L’intelligente cervelle des oiseaux. La Recherche, 347, 42-45. |
| THORNDIKE, E.L. (1898). Animal intelligence : An experimental study of the associative processes in animals. Psychological Review Monograph supplement, 2, 8 (4), 109. |
VAUCLAIR, J. & BOVET, D. (2005). Intelligence animale et intelligence humaine. In J. Lautrey & J.F. Richard (Eds.), Traité des Sciences cognitives (pp. 179-185). Paris : Hermes. |
| THORNDIKE, E.L. (1911). Animal Intelligence : Experimental studies. New York : Macmillan. |
KALCENIK,
A. CHAPELL, J., WEIR, A. A. S. & KENWARD, B. (2006).
Cognitive adaptations for tool-related behaviour in New Caledonian
Crows. In E.A. Wasserman & T.R. Zentall (Eds.), Comparative
cognition : experimental explorations of animal intelligence (pp. 515-528). Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
| EPSTEIN, R., KIRSHNIT, CE., LANZA, R.P. & RUBIN, L.C. (1984). “Insight” in the pigeon : Antecedents and determinants of an intelligent performance. Nature, 308, 61-62. |
WASSEMAN, E.A. & ZENTALL, T.R. (Eds.) (2006). Comparative cognition : Experimental explorations of animal intelligence. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
| |
|
Intelligence artificielle (IA) : Discipline scientifique au carrefour de la psychologie cognitive, de l'informatique, de la philosophie et des mathématiques. = cybernétique. ( ): Haugeland, Holland, Pitts, McCharty, McCulloch, Shannon, Winograd, Weaver. Artificial intelligence, AI.
| |
McCARTHY, J. & HAYES P.J. (1969). Some philosophical problems from the standpoint of artificial intelligence. In B. Meltzer & D. Michie (Eds.), Machine intelligence (pp. 463-502). Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press. [PDF] |
| MINSKY, M. & PAPERT, S. (1974). Artificial intelligence. Eugene : Oregon State System of Higher Education. |
| McCARTHY, J. (1977). Epistemological problems of artificial intelligence. International Joint Conferences on Artificial Intelligence, 1038-1044. [PDF] |
| MARR, D. (1977). Artificial intelligence-a personal view.
Artificial Intelligence, 9, 37-48. |
| BODEN, M.A. (1977). Artificial intelligence and natural man. New York : Basic Books. |
| COLLINS, A.M., BROWN, J.S. & HARRIS, G. (1978). Artificial intelligence and learning strategies. In H.F. O'Neil (Ed.), Learning strategies (pp.107-139). New York : Academic Press. |
| GREEN, C.D. (1996). Fodor, functions, physics, and fantasyland : Is AI a Mickey Mouse discipline? Journal of Experimental & Theoretical Artificial Intelligence, 8, 95-106. |
| GREEN, C.D. (2000). Is AI the right method for cognitive science. Psycoloquy, 11 (61). |
|
| |
|
Intelligence cristallisée : Forme d'intelligence développée par Cattell. Crystallized general intelligence.
| |
HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1966). Refinement and test of the theory of fluid and crystallized general intelligences. Journal of Educational Psychology, 57, 253-270. |
| CATTELL, R.B. (1967). La théorie de l'intelligence fluide et cristallisée. Revue de Psychologie Appliquée, 16 (3), 135-154. |
| HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1967). Age differences in fluid and crystallized intelligence. Acta Psychologica, 26, 107-129. |
|
| |
|
Intelligence émotionnelle : = quotient émotionnel. Emotional intelligence, social intelligence.
| |
THORNDIKE, R.L. & STEIN, S. (1937). An evaluation of the attempts to measure social intelligence. Psychological Bulletin, 34, 275-284. |
MAYER, J.D. & SALOVEY, P. & CARUSO, D R. (2000). Models of emotional intelligence. In R. J. Sternberg (Ed.), Handbook of Intelligence (pp. 396-420). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. |
| SALOVEY, P. & MAYER, J. (1990). Emotional intelligence. Imagination, Cognition, & Personality, 9 (3), 185-211. [PDF] |
IZARD, C.E. (2001). Emotional intelligence or adaptive emotions ? Emotion, 1, 249-257. |
| MAYER, J.D. & SALOVEY, P.. (1993). The intelligence of emotional intelligence. Intelligence, 17, 433-442. |
ELIAS, M.J., HUNTER, L. & KRESS, J.S. (2001). Emotional intelligence and education. Dans J. Ciarrochi, J.P. Forgas & J.D. Mayer (Eds.), Emotional intelligence in everyday life : A scientific inquiry (pp. 133-149). Philadelphie : Psychology Press. |
| SALOVEY, P., HSEE, C K. & MAYER , J D. (1993). Emotional intelligence and the self-regulation of affect. In D. Wegner & J. Pennebaker (Eds.), The handbook of mental control. Eaglewood Cliff, NJ : Prentice Hall. [PDF] |
|
| GOLEMAN, D. (1995/97). Emotional intelligence / L'intelligence émotionnelle : Comment transformer ses émotions en intelligence. New York : Bantam Books /Paris : R. Laffont. |
MAYER, J.D., SALOVEY, P. & CARUSO, D.R. & SITARENIOS, G. (2003). Measuring emotional intelligence with the MSCEIT V2.0. Emotion, 3, 97-105. |
| |
BRACKETT, M.A. & MAYER, J.D. (2003). Convergent, discriminant, and incremental validity of competing measures of emotional intelligence. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 29, 1147-1158. |
| |
MAYER, J.D., SALOVEY, P. & CARUSO, D.R. (2004). Emotional intelligence : Theory, findings, and implications. Psychological Inquiry, 60, 197-215. |
| |
RESNICOW, J.E., SALOVEY, P. & REPP, B.H. (2004). Is recognition of emotion in musical performance an aspect of emotional intelligence? Music Perception, 22, 145-158. |
| MAYER, J.D. & SALOVEY, P. (1997). What is emotional intelligence? In P. Salovey & D. Sluyter (Eds.), Emotional development and emotional intelligence : educational applications (pp. 3-31). New York : Basic Books. |
BRODY, N. (2004). What cognitive intelligence is and what emotional intelligence is not. Psychological Inquiry, 15, 234-238. |
| |
PETRIDES, K.V.,FURNHAM, A. & FREDERIKSON, N.(2004). Emotional intelligence. The Psychologist, 17, 574-577. |
| |
PETRIDES, K.V., FREDERIKSON, N. & FURNHAM, A. (2004). The role of trait emotional intelligence in academic performance and deviant behavior at school. Personality & individual differences, 36, 277–293. [PDF] |
| |
RESNICOW, J.E., SALOVEY, P. & REPP, B.H. (2004). Is recognition of emotion in musical performance an aspect of emotional intelligence? Music Perception, 22, 145-158. |
| DAVIES, M., STANKOV, L. & ROBERTS, R.D. (1998). Emotional intelligence : In search of an elusive construct. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 75, 989-1015. |
LANDRY, F.J. (2005). Some historical and scientific issues related to research on emotional intelligence. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 26, 411-424. |
| ROBERTS, R.D., ZEIDNER, M. & MATTHEWS, G. (2001). Does emotional intelligence meet traditional standards for an intelligence? Some new data and conclusions. Emotion, 1, 196-231. |
BASTIAN, V.A., BURNS, N.R. & NETTLEBACK, T. (2005). Emotional intelligence predicts life skills, but not as well as personality and cognitive abilities. Personality & Individual Differences, 39 (6), 1135-1145. |
| PETRIDES, K.V. & FURNHAM, A. (2001). Trait emotional intelligence : Psychometric investigation with reference to established trait taxonomies. European Journal of Personality, 15, 425-448. [PDF] |
FURNHAM, A. (2009). The importance and training of emotional intelligence at work. Advances in the Measurement of Emotional Intelligence, 137-155 |
| |
DEWAELE, J.M., PETRIDES, K.V. & FURNHAM, A. (2008). The effects of trait emotional intelligence and sociobiographical variables on communicative anxiety and foreign language anxiety among adult multilinguals: A review and empirical investigation. Language Learning, 58 (4) 911-960. [PDF] |
|
DEWAELE, J.M., PETRIDES, K.V. & FURNHAM, A. (2009). Effects of trait emotional intelligence and sociobiographical variables on communicative anxiety and foreign language anxiety among adult multilinguals : A review and empirical investigation. Language Learning, 58, 911–960. [PDF] |
| |
SANCHEZ-RUIZ, M.J., HERNANDEZ-TORRANO, D., PEREZ-GONZALEZ, J. C., BATEY, M. & PETRIDES, K.V. (2011). The relationship between trait emotional intelligence and creativity across different subject domains. Motivation & Emotion, 35, 4, 461-473. [PDF] |
| |
|
Intelligence fluide : Forme d'intelligence développée par Cattell. Fluid general intelligence.
| |
HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1966). Refinement and test of the theory of fluid and crystallized general intelligences. Journal of Educational Psychology, 57, 253-270. |
| CATTELL, R.B. (1967). La théorie de l'intelligence fluide et cristallisée. Revue de Psychologie Appliquée, 16 (3), 135-154. |
| HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1967). Age differences in fluid and crystallized intelligence. Acta Psychologica, 26, 107-129. |
| KVIST, A.V. & GUSTAFSSON, J.- E. (2008). The relation between fluid intelligence and the general factor as a function of cultural background : A test of Cattell’s investment theory. Intelligence, 36, 422-436. |
|
| |
|
Intelligence générale (g) : Facteur qui décrit l'intelligence dans une analyse factorielle. Pour Spearman, le facteur G est une capacité innée d'énergie mentale et de raisonnement logique. = facteur G. /facteur spécifique. G factor, general intelligence factor.
| |
SPEARMAN, C.E. (1904). "General intelligence", objectively determined and measured. American Journal of Psychology 15, 201-293. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1997). Why g matters : The complexity of everyday life. Intelligence, 24 (1), 79-132. [PDF]. |
| THOMSON, G.H. (1935). The definition and measurement of "g" (general intelligence). Journal of Educational Psychology, 26, 241-262. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1998). The general intelligence factor. Scientific American, 24-28. [PDF]. |
| GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (1986). Societal consequences of the g factor in employment. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 29, 379-410. |
JENSEN, A.R. (1998). The g factor : The science of mental ability. Westport, CT : Praeger Publishers. |
| STERNBERG, R.J. (1990). T & T is an explosive combination : Technology and testin g. Educational Psychologist, 25, 201-222. |
GOTTFREDSON, L.S. (2002). Where and why g matters : Not a mystery. Human Performance, 15 (1/2), 25-46. [PDF]. |
| |
KANAZAWA, S. (2004). General intelligence as a domain-specific adaptation.
Psychological Review, 111, 512-523. |
| JENSEN, A.R. & WENG, L.-J. (1994). What is good g? Intelligence, 18, 231-258. |
DEMETRIOU, A., MOUYI, A. & SPANOUDIS, G. (2008). Modeling the structure and development of g. Intelligence, 5, 437-454. |
|
MEYER, C.S., VON HAGMAN-ARX, P., LEMOLA, S. & GROB, A. (2010). Correspondence between the general ability to discriminate sensory stimuli and general intelligence. Journal of Individual Differences, 31 (1), 46-56. |
|
|
Intelligence multiple : Concept proposé par Gardner pour décrire les multiples formes que peut prendre l'intelligence. Multiple intelligences.
| |
GARDNER, H. (1983). Multiple intelligences : The theory in practice. New York : Basic Books. |
| GARDNER, H. (1983). Frames of mind : The theory of multiple intelligences. New York : Basic Books. |
| GARDNER, H. & HATCH, T. (1989). Multiple intelligences go to school : Educational implications of the theory of multiple intelligences. Educational Researcher, 18 (8), 4-10. |
| GARDNER, H. (1996). Les intelligences multiples : pour changer l'école : la prise en compte des différentes formes d'intelligence. Paris : Retz. |
| CAMPBELL, L., CAMPBELL, B. & DICKINSON, D. (1999). Teaching and learning through multiple intelligences. Needham Heights, MA : Allyn & Bacon. |
| GARDNER, H. (1999). Intelligence reframed : Multiple intelligences for the 21st century. New York : Basic Books. |
| COSTANZO, M. & PAXTON, D. (1999). Multiple assessments for multiple intelligences. Focus On Basics, 3 (1). |
|
| |
|
Intelligence sensori-motrice : Selon Piaget, forme d'intelligence qui se développe grâce aux schèmes moteurs et sensoriels. Sensorimotor intelligence.
| |
VAUCLAIR, J. (1982). Sensorimotor intelligence in human and nonhuman primates. Journal of Human Evolution, 11, 757-764. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Intelligence sociale : Voir Douance et Talent. Intellectual precocity.
| |
FORD, M.E. (1994). Social intelligence. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Encyclopedia of human intelligence (Volume 2, pp. 974-978). New York : Macmillan. |
|
| |
|
Intensification du genre : Pressions sociales qui poussent un individu à se conformer à son genre, à agir en fille ou en garçon.
| |
ROUYER, V. (2007). La construction de l’identité sexuée. Paris : Armand Colin. |
|
| |
|
Intensification du genre : Pressions sociales qui poussent un individu à se conformer à son genre, à agir en fille ou en garçon.
| |
ROUYER, V. (2007). La construction de l’identité sexuée.
Paris : Armand Colin. |
|
| |
|
Intension : En logique, ensemble des propriétés nécessaires et suffisantes pour classer un objet à l'intérieur d'une classe, d'un concept. EX: pour un enfant x, un chien est un chien s'il a les propriétés suivantes : 1) du poil; 2) quatre pattes; 3) il fait wouf. Intension et extension. = définition, signification, compréhension. Intension.
| Concept de chien chez une enfant de 3 ans |
| Intension |
1) qui a quatre pattes
2) qui a du poil
3) qui fait wouf
|
Synonyme d'intension : définition |
| Extension |
Mon chihuahua Quick
Le chien du voisin Brutus |
Synonyme d'extension : exemple |
|
Intensité (d'un stimulus ou d'une réponse) : Puissance objective ( EX: mesuré en décibel) ou subjective ( EX: «Je trouve que c'est fort») d'un stimulus ou comportementale ( EX: je m'éloigne rapidement). Intensity.
| |
RACHLIN, H. (1967). The effect of shock intensity on concurrent and single key responding in concurrent chain schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10, 87-93. |
|
| |
|
Intention : Ce que l'individu souhaite faire ou dire. Précède parfois le comportement. = attitude, intention de comportement. Intention, intentional state, intentionality.
| |
GRICE, P. (1969). Utterer’s meaning and intentions. Philosophical Review, 78, 147-177. |
OUELLETTE, J. & WOOD, W. (1998). Habit and intention in everyday life : The multiple processes by which past behavior predicts future behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 124, 54-74. |
| FISHBEIN, M. & AJZEN, I. (1975). Belief, attitude, intention, and behavior : An introduction to theory and research. Reading, MA : Addison-Wesley. |
AJZEN, I., BROWN, T.C. & CARVAJAL, F. (2004). Explaining the discrepancy between intentions and actions : The case of hypothetical bias in contingent valuation. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 30, 1108-1121. |
| MAYNARD SMITH, J. (1982). Do animals convey information about their intentions? Journal of Theoretical Biology, 97, 1–5. |
|
| SCHIFTER, D.E. & AJZEN, I. (1985). Intention, perceived control, and weight loss : An application of the theory of planned behavior. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 843-851. |
HINELINE, P.N. (2004). When we ppeak of intentions. In K.A. Lattal & P.N. Chase (Eds.), Behavior theory and philosophy (pp. 203-221). New York : Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishing. |
| AJZEN, I. (1985). From intentions to actions : A theory of planned behavior. In J. Kuhl & J. Beckman (Eds.), Action-control : From cognition to behavior (pp. 11-39). Heidelberg, Germany : Springer. |
MECHSNER, F. (2004). Human action by intention.
Gestalt Theory, 26 (1), 209-220. |
| MANSKI, C.F. (1990). The use of intentions data to predict behavior : A best-case analysis. Journal of the American Statistical Association, 85, 934– 940. |
|
| MALLE, B.F. & KNOBE, S. (1997). The folk concept of intentionality. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,33, 101-121. |
DOLCINI, N. (2008). The attribution of intentional states in preverbal children. Gestalt Theory, 30 (1), 419-424. |
|
|
|
|
Intentionnalité : Intentionality.
| |
LYCAN, W.G. (1969). On "intentionality" and the psychological. American Philosophical Quarterly, 6, 305-311. |
| SEARLE, J. (1983). Intentionality : An essay in the philosophy of mind. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
| SCHWARTZ, B. & LACEY, H. (1986). Behaviorism, intentionality, and sociohistorical structure. Behaviorism, 14, 193-210. |
| WAKEFIELD, J.C. (1992). Freud and the intentionality of affect. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 9, 1-23. |
| DAVIES, M. (1995). Intentionality. In A.C. Grayling (Ed.), Philosophy of Mind/Philosophy : A guide through the subject. (pp. 275-300). Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
| |
|
|
Interaction gène-environnement : Ensemble des effets combinés et des gènes et de l'environnement sur le développement, les problèmes de santé mentales, les comportements agressifs, etc. Intération et problème de l'innée et de l'acquis. Gene-environment interactions.
| |
PLOMIN R & DEFRIES, J.C., MCCLEARN, G.E., RUTTER, M. (1997). Behavioral genetics / Des gènes au comportement : Introduction à la génétique comportementale. New York : Freeman/Louvain-la-Neuve : De Boeck. |
| GOTTLIEB, G. (1998). Normally occurring environmental and
behavioral influences on gene activity : from central dogma to probabilistic epigenesis. Psychological Review, 105, 792-802. |
| DAVIS, C.J., KNOPIK, V.S., OLSON, R.K., WADWORTH, S.J. & DeFRIES, J.C. (2001). Genetic and environmental influences on rapid naming and reading ability : A twin study. Annals of Dyslexia, 51, 231-247. |
| CASPI, A. & MOFFITT, T.E. (2006), Gene-environment interactions in psychiatry : joining forces with neuroscience, Naturel Review of Neuroscience, 7 (7), 583-590. |
| KIM-COHEN, J., CASPI, A., TAYLOR, A., WILLIAM, B., NEWCOMBE, R., CRAIG, I.W. & MOFFITT, T.E. (2006). MAOA, maltreatment, and gene-environment interaction predicting children's mental health : New evidence and a meta-analysis. Molecular Psychiatry, 11, 903-913. |
| HETTENA, J.M. (2008). What is the genetic relationship
between anxiety and depression? American Journal of Medical Genetics, 148, 140-146. |
|
|
|
Interaction sociale : = relation sociale. Social interaction.
| |
CAIRNS, R.B. (Ed.) (1979). The analysis of social interactions : Methods, issues and illustrations. Hillsdale : Erlbaum. |
| BAKEMAN, R. & GOTTMAN, J.M. (1986). Observing Interaction. An Introducticm to sequential analysis. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
| VAUCLAIR, J. (1987). Représentation et intentionnalité dans la cognition animale. In M. Siguan (Ed.), Comportement, cognition, conscience (pp. 59-87). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
| |
|
Interactionisme :
| |
EKEHAMMAR, B. (1974). Interactionism in personality from a historical perspective. Psychological Bulletin, 81, 1026-1048. |
|
| |
|
Interactionisme symbolique : Perspective sociologique développée par Blumer, qui affirme que : 1) les individus se comportent à l’égard des objets et des autres individus en fonction du sens qu'ils accordent à ces objets/personnes (= symbolisme); 2) Ce sens ou cette signification se développe à partir des interactions que l'on entretient avec autrui (= interactionisme). ( ): Blumer, Denzin, Goffman, Lebreton, Mead, Strauss. Symbolic interactionism.
| |
BLUMER, H. (1969). Symbolic interactionism : Perspective and method. New Jersey : Prentice-Hall Inc. |
| STRYKER, S. (1980). Symbolic Interactionism : A social structural version. Palo Alto, CA : Benjamin-Cummings. |
| STRYKER, S. (1987). The vitalization of symbolic interactionism. Social Psychology Quarterly, 50, 83-94. |
| DENZIN, N.K. (1992). Symbolic interactionism and cultural studies. The politics pf interpretation. Oxford UK & Cambridge USA : Blackwell. |
| DE QUIEROS, J.M. & ZIOLKOWSKI, M. (1994). L'interactionnisme symbolique. Rennes : Presse universitaire de Rennes. |
| LE BRETON, D. (2008). L'interactionnisme symbolique. Paris. Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
| |
|
Intercorrélation : Intercorrelations.
| |
STONE, C.P. & TOMILIN, M.I. (1934). Intercorrelations of measures of learning ability in the albino rat. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 17, 73-78. |
|
| |
|
Interdépendance : Interdependence.
| |
KENNY, D.A. & JUDD, C.M. (1996). A general procedure for the estimation of interdependence. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 138-148 |
|
| |
|
Interêt : Valeur que l'on accorde au objet. Interest.
| |
BERLYNE, D.E (1949). Interest' as a psychological concept. British Journal of Psychology, 39, 186-195. |
| KRAPP, A., HIDI, S. & RENNINGER, A. (1992). Interest, learning and development. In A. Renninger, S. Hidi & A. Krapp, (Eds.), The role of interest in learning and development. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
HIDI, S. & BAIRD, W. (1986). Interestingness - A neglected variable in discourse processing. Cognitive Science, 10, 179-194. |
| HIDI, S. (1990). Interest and its contribution as a mental resource for learning. Review of Educational Research, 60, 549-571. |
| KRAPP, A. & FINK, B. (1992). The development and function of interests during the critical transition from home to preschool. In A. Renninger, S. Hidi, & A. Krapp, (Eds.), The role of interest in learning and development. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
| VALSINER, J. (1992). Interest : A metatheoretical perspective. In A. Renninger, S. Hidi, & A. Krapp, (Eds., The role of interest in learning and development. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
| KRAPP, A. (1994). Interest and curiosity. The role of interest in a theory of exploratory action. In H. Keller, K. Schneider & B. Henderson (Eds.), Curiosity and exploration. Berlin : Springer-Verlag. |
| PIERCE, W.D. & CAMERON, J., (2002). A summary of the effects of reward contingencies on interest and performance. Behavior Analyst Today, 3, 221-228. |
|
|
|
|
Interface : En psychologie cognitive, ce concept renvoie à l'ensemble des règles de transformation qui permettent d'établir un échange d'information entre entre les différents niveaux cognitif, émotionnel et biologique. Interface, software.
| |
GROSSBERG, S. (1980). How does a brain build a cognitive code. Psychological Review, 87 (1), 1-51. |
| HUTCHINS, E., HOLLAND, J.D. & NORMAN, D.A. (1986). Direct manipulation interfaces. In D.A. Norman & S. Draper (Eds.), User centered system design : New perspectives on human-computer interaction. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
| COMPTON, R.J. (2003). The interface between emotion and attention : A review of evidence from psychology and neuroscience. Behavioral and cognitive neuroscience reviews, 2, 115-129. |
|
| |
|
Interférence : Tout facteur qui nuit au stockage et à la récupération de l'nformation en mémoire. Il peut s'agir de facteur externe (bruit, mouvement, lumière, etc.) ou de facteur intenre (pensée, émotion, activité du sujet, etc.). On mesure ce phénomène grâce à une tache de rappel. Interference.
| |
UNDERWOOD, B.J. (1957). Interference and forgetting. Psychological Review, 64, 49-60. |
MYERS, J.L., O'BRIEN, E.J., BALOTA, D.A. & TOYOFOKO, M.L. (1984). Memory search with interference : The role of integration. Cognitive Psychology, 16, 217-242. |
| UNDERWOOD, B.J. & POSTMAN, L. (1960). Extraexperimental sources of interference in forgetting. Psychological Review, 67, 73-95. |
BRAINERD, C.J. & REYNA, V.F. (1993). Memory independence and memory interference in cognitive development. Psychological Review, 100, 42-67. |
| NORMAN, D.A.& WAUGH, N.C. (1968). Stimulus and response interference in recognition-memory experiments. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 78, 551-554. |
|
| WAUGH, N.C. & NORMAN, D.A. (1968). The measure of interference in primary memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 7, 617-626. |
|
| BJORK, R.A. (1970). Positive forgetting : the noninterference of items intentionally forgotten. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 9, 255-268. |
REHDER, B. (2001). Interference between cognitive skills. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory,
and Cognition, 27, 451-469 |
| LOFTUS, G.R. & PATTERSON, K.K. (1975). Components of short-term proactive interference. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14, 105-121. |
BJORK, R.A. (2003). Interference and forgetting. In J.H. Byrne (Ed.), Encyclopedia of learning and memory (pp. 268-273). New York : Macmillan Reference USA. [PDF] |
| PELLIGRINO, J.W. (1976). Differential distraction effects in short-term and long-term retention of pictures and words. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human Learning and Memory, 2 (5), 541-547. |
OBERAUER, K., LANGE, E. & ENGLE, R.W. (2004). Working memory capacity and resistance to interference. Journal of Memory & Language, 51, 80-96. |
| OLSON, R.K. & HANSON, V. (1977). Interference effects in tone memory. Memory & Cognition, 5, 32 40. |
|
| SMITH, E.E., ADAMS, N. & SCHORR, D. (1978). Fact retrieval and the paradox of interference. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 438-464. |
OBERAUER, K. & LEWANDOWSKY, S. (2008). Forgetting in immediate serial recall : Decay, temporal distinctiveness, or interference? Psychological Review, 115 (3), 544-576. |
|
|
| |
|
Interférence proactive : Type d'interférence d'une tâche sur la mémorisation des éléments d'une tâche subséquente, en particulier lorsqu'il existe entre les éléments des deux tâches des similitudes. Proactive interference.
| |
GRANT, D.S. (1975). Proactive interference in pigeon short-termmemory. Journal o f Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 1, 207-220. |
| HENSON, R., SHALLICE, T. & DOLAN, R.J. (1998). Proactive interference in episodic memory retrieval. NeuroImage, 7, 879. |
| HENSON, R., SHALLICE, T. & DOLAN, R.J (2002).
Functional magnetic resonance imaging of proactive interference during spoken cued recall. NeuroImage, 17, 543–558. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
|
Intériorisation : Processus inconscient par lequel l'individu, au cours de son développement, intègre progressivement et de façon durable dans sa personnalité des actions, des relations, des idées ou des sentiments qu'il observe chez les personnes importantes de son milieu, celles auxquelles il s'identifie. = introjection.
| |
PIAGET, J. (1949). Le problème neurologique de l'intériorisation des actions en opérations réversibles. Archives de Psychologie, 32 (128), 241-258. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Internalisation : Pour Kelman, il s'agit de l'un des trois processus du changement des attitudes et du conformormiste. Internalization.
| |
KELMAN, H.C. (1958).
Compliance, identification, and internalization : Three processes of
attitude change. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 2 (1), 51-60. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
|
International Archives of Occupational & Environmental Health : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Springer.
AXELSSON, J., ÅKERSTEDT, T., KECKLUND, G. & LOWDEN, A. (2003). Tolerance to shift work-how does it relate to sleep and wakefulness?. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 77 (2), 121-129.
|
|
International Clinical Psychopharmacology : Revue scientifique de psychopharmacologie. Éditeur : Walters Klower. = Int Clin Psychopharmaco
MONTGOMERY, S.A., HENRY, J. McDONALD, G., DINAN, T., LADER, M., HINDMARCH, I., CLARE, A. & NUTT, D. (1994). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors : meta-analysis of discontinuation rates. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 9 (1), 47-53.
|
|
International Forum of Psychoanalysis : Revue scientifique spécialisée dans l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
KAFKA, H. (1992). To cure or to heal? A clinical and theoretical study of healing process. International Forum of Psychoanalysis, 1, 110-118.
|
|
|
|
International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching & Learning : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Center for Teaching, Learning & Scholarship
URTEL M.G., BAHAMONDE, R.E., MIKESKY, A.E., UDRY, E.M. & VESSELY, J.S. (2006). On-linequizzing and its effect on student engagement and academic performance. Journal of Scholarship of Teaching and Learning, 6 (2), 84-92. |
|
International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies : Revue de psychanalyse. Éditeur : Wiley.
YING, Y.W. & HAN, M. (2007). Familism and mental health : Variation between Asian American children of immigrants and refugees. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 4 (4), 333-348. |
|
International Journal of Aviation Psychology (The...) : Revue scientifique de psychologie spécialisée dans l'étude des processus qui interviennent dans le pilotage des avions . Éditeur : Taylor & Francis.
CAMPBELL, J.S., CASTANEDA, M. & PULOS, S. (2010). Meta-analysis of personality assessments as predictors of military aviation training auccess. The International Journal of Aviation Psychology, 20 (1), 92-109. |
|
International Journal of Behavioral & Consultation Therapy : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages aux thérapies béhavioristes et comportementale et cognitives. Éditeur : Behavior Analyst Online.
ZETTLE, R.D. (2005). The evolution of a contextual approach to therapy : from comprenhensive distancing to ACT. International Journal of Behavioral & Consultation Therapy, 2, 77-89. |
|
International Journal of Behavioral Development : Revue scientifique spécialisée dans l'étude du développement. Éditeur : Sage.
TREMBLAY R.E. (2000). The development of aggressive behavior during childhood : What have we learned in the past century? International Journal of Behavioral Development, 24 (2), 129-141. |
|
International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition & Physical Activity : Revue scientifique spécialisée en nutrition. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
NOUR, K., LAFOREST, S., GAUVIN, L. & GIGNAC, M. (2005). Behavior change following a self-management intervention for housebound older adults with arthritis : an experimental study. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 3, 12. [LIRE] |
|
International Journal of Early Years Education : Revue scientifique spécialisée en éducation. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
HENDY, L. & WHITEBREAD, D. (2000). Interpretations of independent learning in the early years. International Journal of Early Years Education, 8 (3), 243-252. |
|
International Journal of Eating Disorders : Revue scientifique spécialisée dans l'étude des troubles alimentaires. Éditeur : Wiley
BIRMINGHAM, C.L., SU, J., HLYNSKY, J.A., GOLDNER, E.M. & GAO, M. (2005). The mortality rate of anorexia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 38 (2), 143-146. |
|
International Journal of Educational Research : Revue scientifique spécialisée en éducation. Éditeur : Elsevier.
WEBB, N.M. (1989). Peer interaction and learning in small groups. International Journal of Educational Research, 13 (1), 21-39. |
|
International Journal of Epidemiology : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire spécialisée dans l'étude de l'épidémiologie. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.
HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., JOB, R.F., BERGLUND, B. & HEAD, J. (2001). A follow-up study of effects of chronic aircraft noise exposure on child stress responses and cognition. International Journal of Epidemiology, 30, 839-845. |
|
| |
International Journal of Geriatric & Psychiatry : Revue scientifique de psychiatrie. Éditeur : Wiley.
CUIJPERS, P. (1998). Psychological outreach programmes for the depressed elderly : a meta-analysis of effects and dropout. International Journal of Geriatric & Psychiatry, 13 (1), 41-48. |
|
International Journal of Hospitality Management : Revue scientifique de psychiatrie. Éditeur : Wiley.
JACOB, C., GUÉGUEN, N. & BOULBRY, G (2010). Effects of songs with prosocial lyrics on tipping behavior in a restaurant. International Journal of Hospitality Management, 29, 761-763. [PDF] |
|
International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'intéraction humain- ordinateur.Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
HOFFMAN, H.G., GARCIA-PALACIOS, A., CARLIN, C., FURNESS, T.A. III and BOTELLA-AARBONA, C. (2003). Interfaces that heal : Coupling real and virtual objects to cure spider phobia. International Journal of Human-Computer Interaction, 15, 469-486.
|
|
International Journal of Human-Computer Studies : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'intéraction humain- ordinateur. Éditeur : Elsevier.
LITTLE, L., BRIGGS, P. & COVENTRY, L. (2005). Public space systems : designing for privacy? International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 63, (1-2) |
|
|
International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Elsevier.
HABIB, M., REY, V., DAFFAURE, V., CAMPS, R., ESPRESSER, R. & DÉMONET, J.-F. (2002). Phonological training in dyslexics using temporally modified speech : A three-step pilot investigation. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 37 (3), 289-308.
|
|
International Journal of Law & Psychiatry : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Elsevier.
DIAMOND, M. (2009). Pornography, public acceptance and sex related crime : A review. International Journal of Law & Psychiatry, 32, 304-314. |
|
International Journal of Mental Health : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à la santé mentale. Éditeur : .
DOUGLAS, V. (1975). Are drugs enough?— to treat or train the hyperactive child. International Journal of Mental Health, 5, 199-212.
|
|
International Journal of Mental Health Promotion : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à la santé mentale. Éditeur : .
|
International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research : Revue scientifique de méthodologie appliqée à la psychiatrie. Éditeur : Wiley.
MONCRIEFF, J. (2003). A comparison of antidepressant trials using active and inert placebos. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 12, 117-127.
|
|
International Journal of Multipe Research Approaches : Revue scientifique de méthodologie. Éditeur : eContent Management Pty Ltd.
ONWUEGBUZIE, A.J., SLATE, J.R., LEECH, N.L. & COLLINS, K.M.T. (2007). Conducting Mixed Analyses : A general typology. International Journal of Multipe Research Approaches, 1 (1). [LIRE]
|
|
International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology (The) : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Cambridge.
BJORNEBEKK, A., MATHÉ, A.A. & BRENÉ, S. (2005). The antidepressant effect of running is associated with increased hippocampal cell proliferation. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 8 (3), 357-368. |
|
|
|
International Journal of Pediatric Obesity : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire. Éditeur : Routledge.
MAIO, G.R., HADDOCK, G. & JARMAN, H. (2007). Social psychological factors in tackling obesity. Obesity Reviews, 8, 124-127.
|
|
International Journal of Play Therapy : Revue scientifique de psychologie du sport. Éditeur : APA.
CHRISITAN, K.M., RUSS, S. & SHORT, E.J. (2011). Pretend play processes and anxiety : Considerations for the play therapist.
International Journal of Play Therapy, 20 (4), 179-192. |
|
International Journal of Primatology : Revue scientifique de primatologie. Éditeur : Springer.
MURRAY, R.D., BOUR, E.S. & SMITH, E.O. (1985). Female menstrual cyclicity and sexual behavior in stumptail macaques (Macaca arctoides). International Journal of Primatology, 6, 101-113. |
|
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis (The...) : Revue de psychanalyse. = Int. J. Psycho-Anal., IJP.
FREUD, S. (1920). One of the difficulties of psycho-analysis. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 1, 17-23. |
|
|
International Journal of Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
PINARD, A., MORIN, E. et LEFEBVRE, M. (1973). Apprentissage de la conservation des quantités liquides chez des enfants rwandais et canadiens français. International Journal of Psychology, 8 (1), 15 23 |
|
International Journal of Psychophysiology : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Elsevier.
CRITCHLEY, H.D. (2009). Psychophysiology of neural, cognitive and affective integration: fMRI and autonomic indicants. International Journal of Psychophysiology,
73, (2), 88-94.
|
|
International Journal of Public Opinion Research : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Oxford Journals.
ANDERSON,
B., PUUR, A., SILVER, B., SOOVA, H. & VOORMANN, R. (1994). Use of a
lottery as an incentive for survey participation : a pilot survey in
Estonia. International Journal of Public Opinion Research, 6, 64-71. |
|
|
International Journal of Science Education : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'éducation. Éditeur : Routledge.
JOHNSTON, A.H. & AL-NAEMEA, F.F. (1991). Room for scientific thought? International Journal of Science Education, 13 (2), 187-192. |
|
International Journal of Selection & Assessment : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la sélection du personnel et à son évaluation. Éditeur : Wiley.
KUNCEL, N.R. & BORNEMAN, M.J. (2007). Toward a new method of detecting deliberately faked personality tests: The use of idiosyncratic item responses. International Journal of Selection and Assessment, 15, 220-231. |
|
International Journal of Sexology : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la sexualité.
GRÄFENBERG, E. (1950). The role of the urethra in female orgasm. International Journal of Sexology, 3, 145-149. |
|
International Journal of Sexual Health : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude de la sexualité. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
|
International Journal of Social Psychiatry : Revue scientifique de psychiatrie. Éditeur : Sage.
MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J. & BURGER, G.K. (1991). A comparison of taxonomic systems for classifying homeless men. The International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 37 (2), 90-98. |
|
International Journal of Social Research Methodology : Revue scientifique de méthodologie. Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
DEACON, D., BRYMAN, A. & FENTON, N. (1998). Collision or collusion? A discussion and case study of the unplanned triangulation of quantitative and qualitative research methods. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 1 (1), 47-63. |
|
International Journal of Special Education : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à l'éducation.
JOHNSON, G.M. (2004). Constructivist remediation : correction in context. International Journal of Special Education, 19 (1), 72-88. |
|
International Journal of Sport Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie du sport. Éditeur :
GROUIOS, G. (1992). The effect of mental practice on diving performance. International Journal of Sport Psychology, 23, 60-69. |
|
|
|
International Psycho-Analytical Library : Revue de psychanalyse.
FERENCZI, S., ABRAHAM, K., SIMMEL, E. & JONES, E. (1921). Psychoanalysis and the war neurosis. The International Psycho-Analytical Library, 2, 1-59. |
|
|
International Review of Education : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à la recherche en éducation. Éditeur : Springer.
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R., HRIMECH, M. et CARPENTIER, A. (2006). Exploration de la résilience éducationnelle chez des enseignants. International Review of Education, 52 (6), 575-598. |
|
|
International Review of Psycho-analysis (The...) : Revue de psychanalyse. = Int. R. Psycho-Anal.,
LEBOVICI, S. (1974). Observations on children who have witnessed the violent death of one of their parents : A contribution to the study of traumatization. International Review of Psycho-analysis, 1, 117-123. |
|
|
|
International Society for the Study of Behavioural Development Bulletin : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire. Éditeur : Sage.
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2010). The Montreal longitudinal and experimental study : Tracing the developmental trajectories of behavior problems and assessing their prevention. International Society for the Study of Behavioural Development Bulletin, 34, 21-24. |
|
|
|
Internet : Réseau intégré de sites offrant des services et de l'information, notamment des sites scientifiques et des sites pédagogiques. = la toile. WEB, World Wide Web, WWW.
| |
BORDOW, S. & PORRITT, D. (1979). An experimental evaluation of crisis intervention. Social Science & Medicine, 13, 251-256. |
BORK, A. (2001). What is needed for effective learning on the Internet? Educational Technology & Society, 4 (3), 139-144. |
| |
BIRNBAUM, M.H. (2001). Introduction to Behavioral research on the Internet. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
| SIMINTON, J.A., CARGILL, L. & HILL, W. (1996). Crisis intervention : program evaluation. Clinical Nursing Research, 5 (4), 376-391. |
GABBARD, G.O. (2001). Cyberpassion : E-rotic transference on the Internet. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 70 (4), 719-737. |
| |
GLASER, J, DIXIT, J. & GREEN, D.P. (2002). Studying hate crime with the Internet : What makes racists advocate racial violence? Journal of Social Issues, 58, 177-193 |
| |
LAJOIE, J. et GUICHARD, É. (Dirs.) (2002). Odyssée Internet : Enjeux sociaux. Ste-Foy : Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
| |
EATON J. & STRUTHERS, C.W. (2002). Using the Internet for organizational research : a study of cynicism in the workplace. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 5, 305-313. |
| |
BARGH, J.A., McKENA, K.Y.A. (2004). The Internet and social life. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 573- 590 |
| BUNN, T. & CLARKE, A. (1979). Crisis intervention : An experimental study of the effects of a brief period of counseling on the anxiety of relatives of seriously injured or ill hospital patients. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 52, 191-195. |
JOHANSSON, A. & GÖTESTAM, K.G. (2004). Internet addiction : Characteristics of a questionnaire and prevalence in Norwegian youth. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 45, 223-229. |
| LANGFORD, D. (1996). Ethics and the Internet : Appropriate behavior in electronic communication. Ethics & Behavior, 62 (2), 91-106. |
GRANT, L.K. (2004). Teaching positive reinforcement on the Internet. Teaching of Psychology, 31, 69-71. |
| |
COOPER A., GALBREATH, N. & BECKER, M.A. (2004). Sex on the Internet : furthering our understanding of men with online sexual problems. Psychology of Addictive Behavior, 18, 223-30 |
| YOUNG, K.S. (1997). Internet addiction : The emergence of a new clinical disorder. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1, 237-244. |
BIRNBAUM, M.H. (2004). Human research and data collection via the Internet. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 803-832. |
| LAJOIE, J. (1998). Les moteurs de recherche du réseau Internet comme indicateurs des besoins intimes. Revue Québecoise de Psychologie, 19 (2), 207-229. |
NICHOLS, L.A. & NICKI, R. (2004). Development of a psychometrically sound Internet addiction scale: A preliminary step. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 18, 381-384. |
| AGULERA, D.C. (1998). Crisis intervention theory and methodology. St Louis : C.V. Mosby Books. |
BRINKERHOFF, J. & KOROGHLANIAN, C.M. (2005). Student computer skills and attitudes toward Internet-delivered instruction : An assessment of stability over time and place. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 32, 27-56. |
| |
LAJOIE, J. et LÉGARÉ, C. (2005). Pratiques innovatrices de
collaboration par Internet : le cybermentorat. Dans S. Proulx (Dir.), Internet, une utopie limitée. Québec : Presses de l’Université Laval. |
| STULL, A.T. (1998). Psychology on the Internet 1997-1998 : A student's guide. Upper Saddle River, NJ : Prentice Hall. |
KLEIN, B., RICHARDS, J.C. & AUSTIN, D.W. (2005). Efficacy of internet therapy for panic disorder. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37 (3), 213-238. |
| BROWNE, M.N., FREEMAN, K.E. & WILLIAMSON, C.L. (2000). The importance of critical thinking for student use of the Internet. College Student Journal, 34, 391-398. |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. (Ed.) (2005). The social net : Human behavior in cyberspace. New York : Oxford University Press. |
| ORAVEC, J.A. (2000). Internet and computer technology hazards : Perspectives for family counseling. British Journal of Guidance & Counseling, 28 (3), 309-324. |
JACKSON, L.A., VON EYE, A., BIOCCA, F.A., BARBATSIS, G., ZHAO, Y. & FITZGERALD, H.E. (2006). Does home Internet use influence the academic performance of low-income children? Developmental Psychology, 42, 429-435. |
| McCABE, K. (2000). Child pornography and the internet. Social Science Computer Review, 18 (1), 73-76. |
FRANKLIN, B.D., O’GRADY, K., PARR, J. & WALTON, I. (2006). Using the Internet to deliver education on drug safety. Quality & Safety in Health Care, 15, 329-333. |
| JENKINS, P. (2000). Beyond tolerance : Child pornography on the Intenet. New York : New York University Press. |
CRANMER, S. (2006). Children and young people's uses of the Internet for homework. Learning, Media &Technology, 31, 301-315. |
| |
SKITKA, L.J. & SARGIS, E. G. (2006). The Internet as psychological laboratory. Annual Review of Psychology, 57, 529-555. [PDF] |
| GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Does Internet and computer 'addiction' exist? Some case study evidence. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3 (2), 211-218. |
AMICHAI-HAMBURGER, Y. & KINAR, O. (2007). The effects of need for cognition on Internet use. Computers in Human Behavior, 23, 880-891. |
| |
MARTIN, B. (2007). Whistleblowers : risks and skills. In B. Rappert & C.McLeish (Eds.), A Web of prevention : biological weapons, life sciences and the governance of research ( pp. 35-49.) London : Earthscan. |
| GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Internet gambling and crime. Police Journal, 73, 25-30. |
BROTHEN, T. & WAMBACH, C. (2007). Internet vs. classroom access in a hybrid psychology course for developmental students. Research & Teaching in Developmental Education, 23 (2), 15-22. |
| TARPLEY, T. (2001). Children, the Internet, and other new technologies. In V. C. Strasburger, & B. J. Wilson (Eds.),
Children, adolescents, and the media (pp. 547–556). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
|
| GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2001). Fund raising on the Web : The effect of the electronic foot-in-the-door on prosocial request. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 4 (6), 705-709. [PDF] |
CRONIN, B. (2008). Eros unbound : pornography and the Internet. In W. Asprey & P. Ceruzzi (Eds.), The Internet and American Business: An historic investigation (pp. 491−528).
Boston: MIT Press. |
| KIRSCHNER, P.A. & PAAS, F. (2001). Web enhanced higher education : A tower of Babel. Computers in Human Behavior, 347-353. |
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & PARKE, J. (2010). Adolescent gambling on the Internet : a review. International Journal of Adolescent Medicine and Health, 22, 59-75. |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Interprétation des rêves : Ensemble de techniques visant à révéler la signification latente et inconsciente des rêves. Interpretation of dreams, analysis of dreams.
| |
FREUD, S. (1900/1925). The interpretation of dreams. London : George Allen and Unwin Ltd / Le rêve et son interprétation. Paris : Albin Michel. |
BOSS, M. (1958). The analysis of dreams. Philosophical Library. |
| STEKEL, W. & LIND, J.E. (1917). The technique of dream interpretation. Psychoanalytic Review, 4, 84-109. |
LOWY, S. (1967). New research results in practical dream interpretation. Psychoanalytic Review, 54C, 118-134. |
| RANK, O. (1921). Dream interpretation. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 2, 106-110. |
JUNG, C.G. (1987). L'homme à la découverte de son âme. |
| HALBWACHS, M. (1922). L'interprétation du rêve chez les primitifs. Journal de psychologie, 577-604. |
HALL, C.S. (1947). Diagnosing personality by the analysis of dreams. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 42, 68-79. |
| STEKEL, W. & ZAAYER, M.J. (1932). Analysis of a dyspareunia on the basis of dream interpretation. Psychoanalytic Review,19, 446-453. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intervalle de classe :
| |
STURGES, H.A. (1926). The choice of a class interval. Journal of American Statistical Association, 65-66. |
|
| |
|
Intervalle : Distance ou temps écoulé entre deux points fixes. = fourchette.
|
Intervalle de confiance : Confidence interval.
| |
LOFTUS, G.R. & MASSON, M.E.J. (1994). Using confidence intervals in
within-subject designs. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 1, 476-490. |
| VERNON, J. (1988). Importance sampling for bootstrap confidence intervals, Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 83 (403), 709-714. |
| MEEHL, P.E. (1997). The problem is epistemology, not statistics : Replace significance tests by confidence intervals and quantify accuracy of risky numerical predictions. In L.L. Harlow, S.A. Mulaik & J.H. Steiger (Eds.), What if there were no significance tests ? Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. [PDF] |
| SEAMAN, M.A. & SERLIN, R.C. (1998). Equivalence confidence intervals for two-group comparisons of means. Psychological Methods, 3 (4), 403-411 |
| MENDOZA, J.L., STAFFORD, K.L. & STAUFFER, J.M. (2000). Large-sample confidence intervals for validity and reliability coefficients. Psychological Methods, 5 (3), 356-369. |
| BONETT, D.G. (2008). Confidence intervals for standardized linear contrasts of means. Psychological Methods, 13, 99-109. |
|
| |
|
| |
Intervieweur : Celui ou celle qui mène une entrevue dans le cadre d'une recherche ou lors d'une embauche.
On utilise rarement ce terme dans un contexte clinique.
|
Intervention : Ensemble de pratiques et de stratégies qui permettent d'influencer systématiquement un phénomène social (individuel ou collectif) dans le but de le corriger ou de l'améliorer (= changement). Le type et la durée d'une d'intervention varient en fonction de la nature du problème /trouble. En psychologie, la thérapie est le mode d'intervention le plus fréquent. = technique d'intervention, programme d'intervention. Intervention.
| |
JUDD, C.M.J & KENNY, D.A. (1981). Estimating the effects of social interventions. New York :Cambridge UniversityPress. |
| HORNIK, J. (1987). The effect of touch and gaze upon compliance and interest of interviewees. The Journal of Social Psychology, 127, 681–683. |
| JESSOR, R. (1990). Road safety and health behavior : Some lessons for research and intervention. Health Education Research, 5, 281-283. |
| KERN, L., VORNDRAN, C.M., HILT, A., RINGDHAL, J.E., ADELMAN, B.E. & DUNLAP, G. (1998. Choice as an intervention to improve behavior : A review of the literature. Journal of Behavioral Education,
8, (2), 151-169. |
| WILSON, T.D. (2006). The power of social psychological interventions. Science, 313, 1251-1252. |
| TARABULSY, G.M., PROVOST, M., DRAPEAU, S. & ROCHETTE, E. (2008). Mieux évaluer; mieux intervenir. Dans G. M. Tarabulsy, M. A. Provost, S. Drapeau, E. Rochette (Eds.), L’Évaluation psychosociale auprès de familles vulnérables. Québec : Presses de l’Université du Québec. |
| SHADISH, W.R. & COOK, T.D. (2009). The renaissance of field experimentation in evaluating interventions. Annual Review of Psychology, 60, 607-629. |
|
| |
|
| Intervention béhaviroale: = Voir Technique de modification du comportement ou Analyse fonctionnelle du comportement. |
Intervention de crise : Crisis intervention.
| |
BORDOW, S. & PORRITT, D. (1979). An experimental evaluation of crisis intervention. Social Science & Medicine, 13, 251-256. |
| SIMINTON, J.A., CARGILL, L. & HILL, W. (1996). Crisis intervention : program evaluation. Clinical Nursing Research, 5 (4), 376-391. |
| BUNN, T. & CLARKE, A. (1979). Crisis intervention : An experimental study of the effects of a brief period of counseling on the anxiety of relatives of seriously injured or ill hospital patients. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 52, 191-195. |
| AGULERA, D.C. (1998). Crisis intervention theory and methodology. St Louis : C.V. Mosby Books. |
| ROSE, S. & BISSON, J. (1998). Brief early psychological interventions following trauma - A systematic review of the literature Journal of Traumatic Stress 11, (4), 697-710. |
|
| |
|
Intervention de première ligne : = première ligne.
|
Intervention de seconde ligne : = seconde ligne.
|
Intervention in School & Clinic : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui se penche sur l'implantation et l'efficacité des programmes d'intervention en milieu scolaire. Éditeur : Sage.
KARP, K.S. & VOLTZ, D. L. (2000). Weaving mathematical instructional strategies into inclusive settings. Intervention in School & Clinic, 35, 206-215. |
|
Intervention précoce :
| |
TERRISSE, B. et DANSEREAU, S. (1988). Une approche systémique en intervention précoce. International Journal of Early Chilhood, 20 (2), 11-22. |
| TERRISSE, B. et BOUTIN, G. (1988). Intervention précoce et déficience mentale. Les cahiers du GREASS, 2 (3), 1-42. |
|
| |
|
Intestin :
| |
BONAZ, B. (2010). Communication entre cerveau et intestin. La Revue de Médecine Interne, 31 (8), 581-585. |
|
| |
|
Intimidation (à l'école) : En milieu scolaire et parascolaire, usage de la menace ou de l'agressivité pour influencer ses pairs. On utilise souvent le terme harcèlement pour désigner le caractère répétitif de cette intimidation. Intimidation et harcèlement à l'école. Bullying.
| |
OLWEUS, D. (1978). Aggression in the schools. Bullies and whipping boys. Washington, D.C. : Hemisphere Press, Wiley. |
WILLIAMS, K., CHAMBERS, M., LOGAN, S. & ROBINSON, D. (1996). Association of common health symptoms with bullying in primary school children. British Medical Journal, 313, 17-19. |
| OLWEUS, D. (1984). Aggressors and their victims : Bullying at school. In N. Frude & H. Gault (Eds.), Disruptive behavior in school. New York : Wiley. |
SALMON, G., JAMES, A. & SMITH, D.M. (1998). Bullying in schools : self reported anxiety, depression and self-esteem in secondary school children. British Medical Journal, 317, 924-925. |
| OLWEUS, D. (1991). Bully/victim problems among schoolchildren : Basics facts and effects of a school based intervention program. In D. Pepler & K. Rubin (Eds.), The development and treatment of childhood aggression. Hillsdale, N.J., Erlbaum. |
OLWEUS, D. (1999). Violences entre élèves, harcèlements et brutalités. Éditions ESF. |
| OLWEUS, D. (1993). Bullying at school. Oxford : Blackwell. |
VIVET, P. & DEFRANCE, B. (2000). Violences scolaires. Édition Syros. |
| SMITH, P.K. & SHARP, S. (1994). School bullying : Insights and perspectives. London : Rutledge. |
COWIE, H., NAYLORA, P., RIVERBS, I., SMITH, P.K. & PEIRAD, B. (2002). Measuring workplace bullying. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 7 (1), 33-51 |
| BATSCHE, G.N. & KNOFF, H.M. (1994). Bullies and their victims : understanding a pervasive problem in the schools. School Psychology Review, 23, 165-174. |
NESDALE, D. & SCARLETT, M. (2004). Effects of group and situational factors on pre-adolescent children's attitudes to school bullying. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 28, 428-434. |
| OLWEUS, D. (1994). Bullying at school : basic facts and effects of a school based intervention program. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 1171-1190. |
WANG, J. IANOTTI, R.J. & NANSEL, T.R. (2009). School bullying among adolescents in the United States : Physical, verbal, relational, and cyber. Journal of Adolescent Health, 45, (4), 368-375. |
|
|
| |
|
|
Intimité : L'intimité comporte au moins trois dimensions : 1) Espace : un espace est intime si l'indivdu contrôle le nombre et les allées et venues des gens qui y pénètre ( EX: chambre). 2) Information : une information intime est un aspect de notre vie qu'on ne dévoile à personne, ou seulement à quelques personnes prévilégies (les intimes). 3) Rapport aux autres : le terme renvoie également à une relation stable entre deux personnes - relation dite intime - qui implique le partage d'un lieu commun, l'échange d'information personnelles (vie quotidienne, amitié, travail, famille, projets, etc.), un sentiment de bien-être ou amoureux, un rapprochement physique et, parfois, des relations sexuelles. /extimité. Intimacy, privacy, close relationship.
| |
SOMMER, R. (1966). The ecology of privacy. The Library Quarterly, 36, 234-248. |
PEDERSEN, D.M. (1997). Psychological functions of privacy. Journal of Environmental Psychology 17, 147-156. |
| WESTIN, A. (1967). Privacy and freedom. New York : Atheneum, |
PEDERSEN, D.M. (1999). Model for types of privacy by privacy functions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 19, 397-405. |
| ALTMAN, I. (1975). The environment and social behavior. Wadsworth, Belmont, CA. |
DEMIRBAS, O.O., DEMIRKAN, H (2000). Privacy dimensions : a case study in the interior architecture design studio. Journal of Environmental Psychology 20, 53-64. |
| PATTERSON, M.L. (1976). An arousal model of interpersonal intimacy.
Psychological Review, 83 (3), 235-245. |
|
| PEDERSEN, D.M. (1979). Dimensions of privacy. Perceptual and Motor Skills 48, 1291-1297. |
TISSERON, S. (2001). L'intimité surexposée. Paris : Hachette. |
| SHADISH, W.R. (1986). The validity of a measure of intimate behavior. Small Group Behavior, 17, 113-120. |
ORINA, M., WOOD, W. & SIMPSON, J.A. (2002). Styles of influence in close relationships. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 38, 459-472. |
| HATFIELD, E. & RAPSON, R.L. (1993). Love, sex, and intimacy : Their psychology, biology, and history. New York : HarperCollins. |
COUTENCEAU, R. (2006). Amour et violence. Le défi de l’intimité. Paris : Odile Jacob. |
| LAUER, R.H. & LAUER, J.C. (1994). Marriage and family : The quest for intimacy. Madison: Brown & Benchmark. |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Intrant : Ce qui entre dans une machine (un ordinateur), un système (bancaire ou fiscal) ou un cerveau avant d'être transformé (coder, interpréter, symboliser, «binariser») par celui-ci. =< stimulus, mécanisme d'entrée/sortie. /extrant. Input, stimulation, stimulus.
| |
JONGEWARD, R. H., WOODWARD, A. E. & BJORK, R.A. (1975). The relative roles of input and output mechanisms in directed forgetting. Memory & Cognition, 3, 51-57. |
|
| |
|
Intrapolation : Estimation, faite à partir d'un ensemble d'observations (données empiriques), des valeurs non-observées que pourrait prendre une variable x (données inférées). L'extrapolation permet de compléter une série d'observations sans être obligé d'observer tous les cas. Dans l'exemple suivant, par intrapolation, on peut estimer que, si la tendance se maintient, la troisième série de lignes (non-observées) est : ---
L'intrapolation peut s'appuyer aussi s'appuyer un modèle mathématique.
/extrapolation.
|
|
|
|
Introjection: Mécanisme de défense proposé par Ferenczi pour désigner le processus d'inclusion fantasmatique des objets et de leur propriétés au sein du moi. = incorporation imaginaire, interiorisation. /projection. Introjection.
| |
HARNIK, J. (1932). Introjection and projection in the mechanism of depression. International Journal of Psycho-analytic, 13, 425-432. |
| STEPHEN, K. (1934). Introjection and projection : guilt and rage. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 14, 316-31. |
| ALLEN, C. (1935). Introjection in schizophrenia. Psychoanalytic Review, 22, 121-137. |
| FUCHS, S.H. (1937). On introjection. International Journal of Psychoanalytic,18, 269-290. |
| KNIGHT, R.P. (1940). Introjection, projection and identification. Psychoanalytic Quartely, 9, 334-341. |
| FLESCHER, J. (1951). Contribution to a psychoanalytical study on projection and introjection. Psychoanalytic Review, 38, 353-360. |
| BRODY, M.W. & MAHONEY, V.P. (1964). Introjection, identification and incorporation. International Journal of Psycho-analytic,45, 57-63. |
| ALVAREZ, A. (1993). Making the thought thinkable : On introjection and projection. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 13, 103-122. |
|
| |
|
Introspection : Prise de conscience ou description détaillée de ses propres perceptions, pensées et sentiments. L'association libre, développée par Freud, est une technique thérapeutique qui favorise l'introspection du patient. = introspection classique, introspection conventionnelle. Introspection, introspective knowledge, inner eye.
| |
PILLSBURY, W.R. (1904). A suggestion toward a reinterpretation of introspection. Journal of Philosophy, Psychology & Scientific Methods, 1, 225-228. |
KOHUT, H. (1982). Introspection, empathy, and mental health. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 63, 395-408. |
| TITCHENER, E.B. (1912). The schema of introspection. American Journal of Psychology, 23, 485-508. |
LYONS, W.E. (1986). The disappearance of introspection. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
| DODGE, R. (1912). The theory and limitations of introspection. American Journal of Psychology, 23, 214-229. |
WILSON, T.D., DUNN, D.S., KRAFT, D. & LISLE, D.J. (1989). Introspection, attitude change, and attitude-behavior consistency : The disruptive effects of explaining why we feel the way we do. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 22, pp. 287-343). Orlando, FL : Academic Press. |
| DUNLAP, K. (1912). The case against introspection. Psychological Review, 19, 404-413. |
GARANDERIE de la, A. (1989). Défense et illustration de l'introspection. Paris : Centurion. |
| KANTOR, J.R. (1922). Can the psychophysical experiment reconcile introspectionists and objectivists ? American Journal of Psychology, 33, 481-510. |
|
| BORING, E.G. (1953). A history of introspection. Psychological Bulletin, 50, 3, 169-189. |
HOWE, R.B.K. (1991). Introspection a reassessment. New ideas in psychology, 9 (1), 25-44. |
| KOHUT, H. (1959). Introspection, empathy and
psychoanalysis. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 7, 459-483. |
NATSOULAS, P. (1991). Introspecting and consciousness : A response to Howe. New Ideas in Psychology, 9 (1), 45-50. |
| NATSOULAS, P. (1970). Concerning introspective "knowledge". Psychological Bulletin, 73, 89-111. |
LAPLANE, D. (1992). Use of introspection in scientific psychological research. Behavioural Neurology, 5, 199-203. |
| RADORD, J. (1974). Reflections on introspection. American Psychologist, 29, 245-250. |
WOZNIAK, R.H. (Ed.) (1993). Theoretical roots of early behaviourism : Functionalism, the critique of introspection, and the nature and evolution of consciousness. London : Routledge/Thoemmes Press. |
| |
BERNARD, M., MAIO, G.R. & OLSON, J.M. (2003). Effects of introspection about values : Extending research on values as truisms. Social Cognition, 21, 1-25. |
|
|
| |
|
Introspection dirigée : Forme d'introspection mise au point par Wundt, dont l'objectif est de permettre au participant d'une recherche d'observer et de décrire ses propres perceptions, pensées et sentiments dans des conditions précises définies et contrôlées par le chercheur. = introspection expérimentale, auto-observation expérimentale.
|
Introversion : Terme proposé par Jung pour décrire le détachement de la libido par rapport aux objets extérieurs, puis son retrait et son investissement sur le monde intérieur (fanstasmes, rêverie, etc.). Chez Eysenk, l'introversion désigne l'un des deux pôles du type intraversion-extraversion, qui correspond à des caractéristiques de la personnalité comme : réservé, prudent, distant, peu chaleureux, (introversion) ou comme : social, sympatique, amical, chaleureux, impulsif, intrépide (extroversion). /extraversion. Introversion.
| |
GRAY, J.A. (1970). The psychophysiological basis of introversion/extraversion. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 8, 249-266. |
| PALMIERE, L. (1972). Intro-extra-version as an organasing principle in fantasy production. Journal of analytical psychology, 17 (2), 116-131. |
|
| |
|
Intrusion : Première phase de l'envahisement qui consiste à pénétrer un territoire étranger sans invitation ou permission.
|
Intuition : Ce que l'on croit, sans savoir pourquoi ou sans que l'on soit capable de le justifier logiquement (absence de raisonnement). = méthode intuitive. Intuitive reasoning, intuitive judgment.
| |
MEDAWAR, P. (1969). Induction and intuition in scientific thought. London : Methuen. |
| GORDON, F.R. & FLAVELL, J.H. (1977). The development of intuitions about cognitive cueing. Child Development, 48, 1027-1033. |
| TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1983). Extension versus intuititve reasoning : The conjunction fallacy in probability judgment. Psychological Review, 90, 293-315. |
| MOSER, P.K. (1985). On basic knowledge without justification. The Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 15, (2), 305-310. |
| DENES-RAJ, V. & EPSTEIN, S. (1994). Conflict between intuitive and rational processing : When people behave against their better judgment. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 66, 819-829. |
| GILOVICH, T., GRIFFIN, D. & KAHNEMAN, D. (2002). Heuristics and biases : The psychology of intuitive judgment. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. |
|
| |
|
Intuition de grammaticalité : Concept développé par Chomsky. Sentiment ou intuition qu'a le locuteur que sa phrase est, sur le plan syntaxique, correctement formée. Permet au locuteur de porter un jugemement sur la structure (syntaxe) des phrases qu'il prononce ou entend. = connaissance tacite ou inconsciente de la langue.
| |
CHOMSKY, N. (1986). Knowledge of language : Its nature, origin, and use. New York : Praeger. |
| DUBOIS, J., GIACOMO, M., GUESPIN, L., MARCELLESI, C., MARCELLESI, J.-P. et MÉVEL, J.-P. (1999). Dictionnaire linguistique et des sciences du langage. Paris : Larousse. |
| |
|
|
Invariance/Invariant : Invariance.
| |
NOZICK, R. (1989). Invariances : The structure of the objective world. Cambridge, MA : Belknap Press. |
|
| |
|
Invariant fonctionnel : Chez Piaget... Invariant.
| |
BRAINERD, C.J. & ALLEN, T.W. (1971). Experimental inductions of the conservation of "first-order" quantitative invariants. Psychological Bulletin, 75, 128-144. |
| BRAINERD, C.J. (1978). Invariant sequences, explanation, and other stage criteria. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 2, 207-213. |
| LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin. |
| |
|
Inventaire d'anxiété de Beck : Beck Anxiety Inventory.
|
|
Inventaire de comportement d'enfant de Eyberg : Grille d'observation qui permet à l'individu de décrire ses comportements. Eyberg Child Behavior Inventoy, ECBI.
| |
EYBERG, S.M. & ROSS, A.W. (1978). Assessment of child behavior problems : The validation of a new inventory. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 7, 113-116. |
| ROBINSON, E.A., EYBERG, S.M. & ROSS, A.W. (1980). The standardization of an inventory of child conduct problem behaviors. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 9, 22-28. |
| EYBERG, S.M. & PINCUS, D. (1999). Eyberg Child Behavior Inventory and Sutter-Eyberg Student Behavior Inventory: Professional Manual. Odessa, FL: Psychological Assessment Resources.. |
| BURNS, G.L. & PATTERSON, D.R. (2001). Normative data on the Eyberg Child Behavior Inventory and Sutter-Eyberg Student Behavior inventory : Parent and teacher rating scales of disruptive Behavior problems in children and adolescents. Child & family behavior therapy, 23 (1), 15-28. |
| BOGGS, S.R., EYBERG, S.M., REYNOLDS, L.A. (1990). Concurrent validity of the Eyberg Child Behavior Inventory. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 18, 75-78. |
| RICH, B.A. & EYBERG, S.M. (2001). Accuracy of assessment: The discriminative and predictive power of the Eyberg Child Behavior Inventory. Ambulatory Child Health, 7, 249-257. |
|
| |
|
Inventaire de comportement d'enfant de Sutter-Eyberg :
| |
BURNS, G.L. & PATTERSON, D.R. (2001). Normative data on the Eyberg Child Behavior Inventory and Sutter-Eyberg Student Behavior inventory : Parent and teacher rating scales of disruptive Behavior problems in children and adolescents. Child & family behavior therapy, 23 (1), 15-28. |
|
| |
|
Inventaire de comportement obsessif-compulsif de Clark et Beck : Beck Depression Inventory.
| |
CLARK, D.A. & BECK, A.T. (2002). Clark-Beck Obsessive Compulsive Inventory. San Antonio, TX: The Psychological Corporation. |
|
| |
|
Inventaire de dépression de Beck : Beck Depression Inventory.
| |
BECK, A.T., STEER, R.A. & GARBIN, M.G. (1988). Psychometric properties of the Beck Depression inventory : 25 years of evaluation. Clinical Psychologist, 8, 77-100. |
| SHEK, D.L. (1990). Reliability and factorial structure of the Chinese version of the Beck Depression Inventory. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 46, 35-43. |
| BECK, A.T., STEER, R.A. & BROWN, G.K. (1993/1996). Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory. San Antonio, TX : The Psychological Corporation. |
|
| |
|
Inventaire de santé : EX : Jenkins Activity Survey.
|
Inventaire d'intérêt : EX : Strong-Campbell Interest Inventory.
|
Inventaire Psychologique de Californie :
| |
GOLDBERG, L.R. (1977). What if we administered the "wrong" inventory? The prediction of scores on personality research Form scales from those on the California Psychological Inventory, and vice versa. Applied Psychological Measurement, 1, 339-354. |
|
| |
|
Invérifiable : Se dit de toute proposition qui ne peut être confrontée aux faits, soit en raison de sa formulation floue ou non-opérationnelle, soit parce que la nature des objets désignés par cet énoncé est inobservable. /vérifiable.
|
Inversement proportionnelle (relation...) : Relation entre deux variables dans laquelle l'une des deux variables augmente et l'autre diminue. /relation proportionnelle. Inversement proportionelle et corrélation négative.
|
|
Investissement parental : Parental investment.
| |
TRIVERS, R.L. (1972). Parental investment and sexual selection. In B. Campbell (Ed.), Sexual selection and the descent of man (pp. 136-79). Chicago : Aldine-Atherton. |
|
| |
|
In virtuo : = Dans un monde simulé, situation reproduite par ordinateur . In virtuo. |
In vitro : = En éprouvette, dans une situation artificielle ou en imagination. /in vivo. In vitro. |
In vivo : = Sur le terrain, dans la réalité, la situation réelle ou naturelle. /in vitro. In vivo.
| |
NALDINI, L., BLÖMER, U., GALLAY, P., ORY, D., MULLIGAN, R.C. & GAGE, F.H. (1996). In vivo delivery and stable transduction of nondividing cells by a lentiviral vector. Science, 272 (5259), 263-267. |
|
| |
|
Involontaire : Qui se déroule en l'absence de volonté ou de manière inconsciente ou automatique.
|
|
|
|
Iraq : Iraq et Guerre.
| |
GEWIRTZ, A.H., POLUSNY, M.A., DEGARMO, D.S., KHALYS, A. & ERBES, C.R. (2010). Posttraumatic stress symptoms among National Guard soldiers deployed to Iraq : Associations with parenting behaviors and couple adjustment. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 599-610. |
|
| |
|
IREF : = Institut (québécoise) de Recherches et d' Étude Féministe.
|
|
|
|
Irrationnel/irrationalité : Qui n'obéit pas à la raison, qui ne peut être justifié par un raisonnement ou expliqué par une cause. Irrationalité et pensée magique. /rationnel, logique. Irrationality.
| |
BARRETT, W. (1958). Irrational man : A study in existential philosophy. N.Y. : Doubleday & Co. |
| COHEN, L.J. (1981). Can human irrationality be experimentally demonstrated? The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 4, 317-331. |
| GILOVICH, T. (1993). How we know what isn't so : The fallibility of human reason in everyday life. New York : The Free Press. |
| DAWES, R.M. (2001). Everyday irrationality : How pseudoscientists, lunatics, and the rest of us fail think rationally. Westview Press. |
|
| |
|
Irréductible : Qualifie un phénomène qui ne peut être réduit à une plus simple expression. Pour les dualistes, les états mentaux sont irréductibles à la matière (états physiques).
|
Irréfragable : Qualifie un phénomène ou une propriété à la fois tellement évident et inaccessible que l'on ne peut ni en montrer l'existence, ni la démentir. EX: La conscience est un état mental irréfragable car on ne peut en nier l'existence même si elle échappe à toute observation directe. Qualifie également certaine proposition comme « J'ai conscience d'exister ou j'ai mal ». Au sens juridique, ce terme désigne certaines présomptions de droit dont on ne peut faire la preuve du contraire. = évidence indémontrable, indiscutable, irréfutable ou irrécusable.
|
Irréversible : Tout phénomène ou propriété qui ne peut être inversé, qui ne peut retrouver son état initial. EX: le vieillisement. = point de non-retour.
|
Irritable/Irritabilité : Disposition à agir de manière hostile ou agressive. Irritability.
| |
CROCKENBERG, S.B. (1981). Infant irritability, mother responsiveness, and social support influences on the security of infant-mother attachment. Child Development, 52, 857-865. |
| CAPRARA, G.V., CINNANI, V., D'IMPERIO, G., PASSERINI, S., RENZI, P. & RAVAGLIA, G. (1985). Indicators of impulsive aggression : Present status of research on irritability and emotional susceptibility scales. Personality & Individual Differences, 6, 665-674. |
|
| |
|
|
Isaacs Susan Sutherland (Turton Bolton 1885-1948) : Psychanalyste et psychologue anglaise, membre du Groupe kleinien. Analysée par Flugel, Rank et Riviere. Étudiante de Klein. Collaboratrice de Searl.
 |
ISAACS, S.S. (1923). A note on sex differences from a psycho-analytic point of view. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 3, 288-308. |
| ISAACS, S.S. (1928). The mental hygiene of preschool children. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 8, 186-193. |
ISAACS, S.S. (1928). Some notes on the incidence of neurotic difficulties in young children, British Journal of Educational Psychology, 2 (7), 1-91/184-95. |
| ISAACS, S.S. (1935). Bad habits. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 16, 446-454. |
| ISAACS, S.S. (1948). Nature et fonction du fantasme/phantasme. Dans (1966), Développements de la psychanalyse (p. 64-114.). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
|
Isbell Linda M. ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée en psychologie politique et dans l'étude des affects. Étudiante de Wyer. Collaboratrice d'Ottati.
 |
ISBELL, L.M. & WYER, R.S. (1998). Relying on affect to inform political judgments : Affect is information. The poliical psychologist, 3, 9-12. |
| ISBELL, L.M. & WYER, R.S. (1999). Correcting for mood-induced bias in the evaluation of political candidates : The roles of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 237-249. |
| ISBELL, L.M. & OTTATI, V.C. (2002). The emotional voter : Effects of episodic affective reactions on candidate evaluation. In V.C. Ottati, R.S. Tindale, J. Edwards, F.B Bryant, L. Heath, D.C, O'Connell, Y. Suarez-Balcazar & E.J. Posavac (Eds), Developments in political psychology (pp. 55-74). New York : Plenum Publishing Company. |
| ISBELL, L.M. (2003). Teaching and undergraduate course in political psychology. Teaching in Psychology, 30, 148-153. |
| ISBELL, L.M. & COTE GILBERT, N. (2009). Connecting with struggling students to improve performance in large classes. Teaching of Psychology, 36, 185–188. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Isbell Lynne A. ( ) : Primatologue et éthologiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du vervet. Collaboratrice de Cheney et Seyfarth. 
 |
ISBELL, L.A. & CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1991). Group fusions and minimum group sizes in vervet monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops). American Journal of Primatology, 25, 57-65. [PDF] |
| YOUNG, T.P. & ISBELL, L.A. (1991). Sex differences in giraffes feeding ecology : energetic and social constraints. Ethology, 87, 79-89. [PDF] |
| ISBELL, L.A. & CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1993). Are immigrant vervet monkeys, Cercopithecus aethiops, at greater risk of mortality than residents? Animal Behaviour, 45, 729-734. |
| ISBELL, L.A. & YOUNG, T.P. (1996). The evolution of bipedalism in hominids and reduced group size in chimpanzees : alternative responses to decreasing resource availability. Journal of Human Evolution, 30, 389-397. |
| ISBELL, L.A. & YOUNG, T.P. (2002). Ecological models of female social relationships in primates : similarities, disparities, and some directions for future clarity. Behaviour, 139, 177-202. |
|
| |
|
Isis : Revue scientifique. Éditeur : Chicago Journals.
DEHUE, T. (1997). Deception, efficiency, and random groups : Psychology and the gradual origination of the random group design. Isis, 88, 653-673.
|
|
|
|
Isolement géographique : Isolement inter ou intra-spécifique créée par les conditions naturelles (tremblement de terre, irruption volcanique, sécheresse, bouleversement du climat, etc.) et qui peut donner naissance à une sous-epèce ou à une nouvelle population.
|
Isolement social : Désigne l'absence ou l'accès limité aux ressources sociales (famille, ami-e-s, connaissances, services sociaux). Isolement social et solitude. Social isolation.
| |
MILBY, J.B. (1970). Modification of extreme social isolation by contingent social reinforcement (1970). Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 3 (2), 149-152. |
| WANLESS, R.L. & PRINZ, R.J. (1982). Methodological issues in conceptualizing and treating childhood social isolation. Psychological Bulletin, 92, 39-55. |
| YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & NACKASI, J. (2003). Evaluation of children’s spontaneous reports of social difficulties : “I don’t have any friends.” Pediatric Case Review, 3, 157-167. |
|
| |
|
Isoler (une variable) : Au sens strict, expression qui désigne l'opération qui consiste à manipuler une et une seule variable indépendante (ou X) en s'organisant pour neutraliser toutes les autres facteurs susceptibles d'influencer la variable dépendante d'une recherche (ou Y). = Ceteris paribus. |
Isomorphe : Se dit d'un comportement dont la forme ne varie pas, peu importe l'environnement ou les particularités du milieu dans lequel il est émis. = invariant comportemental.
|
Isomorphisme : Concept formulé par Wertheimer, puis popularisé par Köhler, pour désigner l'identité entre la perception des phénomèmes neurophysiologiques et des phénomènes physiques. Au sens large, relation d'identité entre deux niveaux distincts d'organisation ontologique. Isomorphism.
| |
WERTHEIMER, M. (1923). Laws of organization in perceptual forms. Psycologische Forschung, 4, 301-350. |
| BECHTEL, W. (1983). A bridge between cognitive science and neuroscience : The functional architecture of mind. Philosophical Studies, 44, 319-30. |
| SEARLE, J.R. (1990). Is the brain a digital computer ? Proceedings and Addresses of the American Philosophical Association, 64, 21-37. |
| PAVLOSKI, R. (2010). Searching for a neural isomorph of the perceptual gestalt : From cortical currents to hidden patterns in the dynamics of recurrent neural networks. Gestalt Theory, 32 (1), 115-154 |
|
| |
|
Israel Allen C. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude
 |
ISRAEL, A. & O'LEARY, K.D. (1973). Developing correspondence between verbal and
non-verbal behavior. Child Development, 44, 575-581. |
| ISRAEL, A. & BROWN, M. (1977). Correspondence training,
prior verbal training and control of nonverbal behavior
via verbal behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10, 333-338. [PDF] |
| ISRAEL, A. (1978).
Some thoughts on correspondence between saying and doing. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 11 (2), 271–276. |
|
| |
|
|
Itani Junichiro (1926-2001) : Anthropologue et primatologue japonais.
|
QUIATT, D. JUNICHIRO, I. (Eds.) (1994). Hominid culture in primate perspective. Colorarado : University Press of Colorado. |
|
| |
|
Itinérance/Itinérant : Individu sans domicile fixe qui, le plus souvent, vit et dort dans la rue. Itinérance et désinstitutionalisation. = sans-abri, clochard, sans domicile fixe (SDF). Homelessness.
| |
FISCHER, P.J. & BREAKEY, W.R. (1985). Homelessness and mental health : An overview. International Journal of Mental Health Homeless & Mentally Ill, 14 (4), 6-41. |
DIXON, L., WEIDEN, P., TORRES, M. & LEHMAN, A. (1997). Assertive community treatment and medication compliance in the homeless mentally ill . American Journal of Psychiatry, 154 (9), 1302-1304. |
| FARR, R.K., KOEGEL, P. & BURNAM, A. (1986). A study of homelessness and mental illness in the skid row area of Los Angeles. Los Angeles, CA : Department of Mental Health. |
WUERKER, A.K. (1997). Factors in the transition to homelessness in the chronically mentally ill. Journal of Social Distress & the Homeless, 6 (3), 251-260. |
| KOEGEL, P., BURNAM, M & FARR, R.K. (1988). The prevalence of specific psychiatric disorders among homeless individuals in the inner city of Los Angeles. Archives of General Psychiatry, 45, 1085-1092. |
LEHMAN, A.F., DIXON, L.B., KERNAN, E., DEFORGE, B.R. & POSTRADO, L.T. (1997). A randomized trial of assertive community treatment for homeless persons with severe mental illness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54 (11), 1038-1043. |
| SUSSER, E.A., CONOVER, S. & STRUENING, E.L. (1989). Psychiatric problems in homeless men. Archives of General Psychiatry, 46, 845-850. |
HOPPER, K., JOST, J. & HAY, T. (1997). Homelessness, mental illness and the institutional circuit. Psychiatric Services, 48, 659-665. |
| BREAKEY, W.R., FISCHER, P.J., KRAMER, M., NESTADT, G., ROMANOSKI, A.J., ROSS, A., ROYALL, R.M. & STINE, O.C. (1989). Health and mental health problems of homeless men and women in Baltimore. Journal of the American Medical Association, 262, 1352-1357. |
CALSYN, R.J., MORSE, G.A. & KLINKENBERG, W.D., TRUSTY, M.L. & ALLEN, G. (1998). The impact of assertive community treatment on the social relationships of people who are homeless and mentally ill. Community Mental Health Journal, 34 (6), 579-593. |
| CHAFETZ, L. (1990). Withdrawal from the homeless mentally ill. Community Mental Health Journal, 26 (5), 449-461. |
SALIT, S.A., KUHN, E.M., HARTZ, A.J., VU, J.M. & MOSSO, A.L. (1998). Hospitalization costs associated with homelessness in New York City. New England Journal of Medicine, 338 (24), 1734-1740. |
| CALSYN, R.J. & MORSE, G.A. (1990). Homeless men and women: commonalities and a service gender gap. American journal of community psychology, 18 (4), 597-608. |
KLINKENBERG, W.D., CALSYN, R.J. & MORSE, G.A. (1998). The helping alliance in case management for homeless persons with severe mental illness. Community Mental Health Journal, 34 (6), 569-578. |
| FOURNIER, L. (1991). Itinérance et santé mentale à Montréal. Étude descriptive de la clientèle des missions et refuges. Verdun, Québec : Unité de Recherche Psychosociale, Centre de Recherche de l’Hôpital Douglas. |
TORO, P.A., WOLFE, S.M., BELLAVA, C.W., THOMAS, D.M., ROWLAND, L.L., DAESCHLER, C.V. & McCASKILL, P.A. (1999). Obtaining representative samples of homeless persons : A two-city study. Journal of community psychology, 27, 157-178. |
| FISCHER, P.J. & BREAKEY, W.R. (1991). The epidemiology of alcohol, drug, and mental disorders among homeless persons. American Psychologist, 46 (11), 1115-1128. |
BÉGIN, P., CASAVANT, L., MILLER-CHENIER, N. et DUPUIS, J. (1999). La désinstitutionnalisation et l'itinérance : Les sans-abri. Service d'information et de recherche parlementaires : Bibliothèque du Parlement du Canada. |
| MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J. & BURGER, G.K. (1991). A comparison of taxonomic systems for classifying homeless men. The International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 37 (2), 90-98. |
SULLIVAN, G., BURNAM, A. & KOEGEL, P. (2000). Pathways to homelessness among the mentally ill. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 35 (10), 444-450. |
| DRAKE, R.E., OCHER, F.C. & WALLACH, M.A. (1991). Homelessness and dual diagnosis. American Psychologist, 46 (11), 1149-1158. |
POIRIER, H., BONIN, J.P., LESAGE, A. & REINHARZ, D. (2000). Évaluation de la qualité de vie et des besoins des personnes itinérantes atteintes de troubles mentaux graves. Santé mentale au Québec, 25 (2), 195-215. |
| CALSYN, R.J. & MORSE, G.A. (1991). Correlates of problem drinking among homeless men. Hospital & Community Psychiatry, 42 (7), 721-725. |
KUSHEL, M.B., VITTINGHOFF, E. & HAAS, J.S. (2001). Factors associated with the health care utilization of homeless persons. Journal of American Medical Association, 285 (2), 200-206. |
| LAMB, H.R, BACHRACH L.L. & KASS, F.I. (1992). Homelessness and dual diagnosis. Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Association. |
FOURNIER, L. (2001). Enquête auprès de la clientèle des ressources pour personnes itinérantes des régions de Montréal-Centre et de Québec, 1998-1999. Québec : Institut de la statistique du Québec. |
| MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J., ALLEN, G., TEMPELHOFF, B. & SMITH, R. (1992). Experimental comparison of the effects of three treatment programs for homeless mentally ill people. Hospital & Community Psychiatry, 43 (10), 1005-1010. |
FOLSOM, D.P., McCAHILL, M., BARTELS, S.J., LINDAMER, L.A., GANIATS, T.G. & JESTE, D.V. (2002). Medical comorbidity and receipt of medical care by older homeless people with schizophrenia or depression. Psychiatric Services, 53 (11), 1456-1460. |
| MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J., ALLEN, G. & KENNY, D.A. (1994). Helping homeless mentally ill people : what variables mediate and moderate program effects? American Journal of Community Psychology, 22 (5), 661-683. |
ROSENHECK, R., KASPROW, W., FRISMAN, L. & LIU-MARES, W. (2003). Cost-effectiveness of supported housing for homeless persons with mental illness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60 (9), 940-951. |
| DRAKE, R.E. & MUESER, K.T. (1996). Homelessness and dual diagnosis. Alcohol Health and Research World, 20 (2), 90. |
BURGER, G.K., YONKER, R.D., CALSYN, R.J., MORSE, G.A. & KLINKENBERG, W.D. (2003). A confirmatory factor analysis of the Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale in a homeless sample. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 12 (4), 192-196. |
| WOLFF, N., HELMINIAK, T.W., MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J., KLINKENBERG, W.D. & TRUSTY, M.L. (1997). Cost-effectiveness evaluation of three approaches to case management for homeless mentally ill clients. The American journal of psychiatry, 154 (3), 341-348. |
NORTH, C.S, EYRICHK, M, POLIO, D.E. & SPITZNAGEL, E.L. (2004). Are rates of psychiatric disorders in the homeless population changing? American Journal of Public Health, 94 (1), 103. |
| MORSE, G.A., CALSYN, R.J., KLINKENBERG, W.D., TRUSTY, M.L., GERBER, F., SMITH, R., TEMPELHOFF, B. & AHMAD, L. (1997). An experimental comparison of three types of case management for homeless mentally ill persons. Psychiatric Services, 48 (4), 497-503. |
LEMMING, M.R. & CALSYN, R.J. (2004). Utility of the behavioral model in predicting service utilization by individuals suffering from severe mental illness and homelessness. Community Mental Health Journal, 40 (4), 347-364. |
|
KERTESZ, S.G., LARSON, M.J., HORTON, N.J, WINTER, M., SAITZ, R. & SAMET, J. (2005). Homeless chronicity and health-related quality of life trajectories among adults with addictions. Medical Care, 43 (6), 574-585. |
| |
BONIN, J.P., FOURNIER, L., BLAIS, R. & PERREAULT, M. (2005). Utilisation des services par les personnes fréquentant les ressources pour personnes itinérantes de Montréal et de Québec, et atteintes de troubles concomitants de santé mentale et de toxicomanie. Drogues, Santé et Société, 4 (2), 211-248. |
|
Item : Anglicisme. Souvent utilisé pour désigner les questions ou les éléments d'un questionnaire ou d'un test. N.D.L.R : Remplacer cet anglicisme selon le contexte par question, thème, éléments, objetifs, articles, parties, etc.
| |
UNDERWOOD,
B.J. (1969). Some correlates of item repetition in free-recall learning. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 8, 83-94. |
| BJORK, R.A. (1970). Positive forgetting : the noninterference of items intentionally forgotten. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 9, 255-268. |
| ELMES, D.G. & BJORK, R.A. (1975). The interaction of encoding and rehearsal processes in the recall of repeated and nonrepeated items. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior, 14, 30-42. |
|
|
| |
|
Itzin Catherine (Iowa City 1944-2010) : Féministe anglaise et et spécialiste de la pornographie infantile.
|
ITZIN, C. & ITZIN, G. (1995). Gender, culture and organizational change : putting theory into practice. New York : Routledge. |
| ITZIN, C. (Ed.) (1996). Pornography : Women, violence and civil liberties. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
| ITZIN, C. (1996). Pornography and the organisation of child sexual abuse. In Peter C. Bibby (Ed.), Organized abuse : The current debate (pp. 167-196). Aldershot : Hampshire, England. |
| ITZIN, C. (1997). Pornography and the organization of intra-familial and extra-familial child sexual abuse : Developing a conceptual model. Child abuse review. Journal of the British Association for the Study & Prevention of Child Abuse & Neglect, 6 (2), 94. |
| ITZIN, C. (Ed.) (2000). Home truths about child sexual abuse. London and NY : Routledge. |
|
| |
|
Iversen Iver H. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain d'origine danoise, spécialiste de l'étude du conditionnement animal. Collaborateur de Lattal, Matsuzawa et Sidman.
|
IVERSEN, I.H., SIDMAN, M. & CARRIGNAN, P. (1986). Stimulus definition in conditional discriminations. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 45 (3), 297-304. [PDF] |
| IVERSEN, I.H. & LATTAL, K.A. (Eds.) (1991). Techniques in the behavioral and neural sciences : Experimental analysis of behavior. Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
| IVERSEN, I.H. & MATSUZAWA, T. (2001). Acquisition of navigation by chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) in an automated fingermaze task. Animal Cognition, 4, 179-192. |
| IVERSEN, I.H. (2005). Basic research, application, ethics, and recommendations regarding non-contingent reinforcement procedures. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 83 - 88. [PDF] |
| IVERSEN, I.H. (2006). Contingencies of reinforcement in stimulus control. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 7, 137-142. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Iwata Brian A. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialiste de l'étude et le traitement de l'automutilation. Collaborateur de Dorsey, Fisher, Foxx, Lerman, Lovaas, Miltenberger, Neef, Pace, Shore, Smith, Vollmer et Zarcone.
 |
DORSEY, M.F, IWATA, B.A., REID, D.H. & DAVIS, P.A. (1982). Protective equipment : continuous and contingent application in the treatment of self-injurious behavior. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 15 (2), 217-230. [PDF] |
| IWATA, B.A. (1987). Negative reinforcement in applied behavior analysis : an emerging technology. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 20 (4), 361-378. [PDF] |
| IWATA B.A., PACE G.M., KALSHER, M.J., COWDERY, G.E. & CATALDO, M.F.
(1990). Experimental analysis and extinction of self-injurious escape
behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 23 (1), 11-27. [PDF] |
| IWATA B.A., DORSEY, M.F., SLIFER, K.J., BAUMAN, K.E. & RICHMAN, G.S. (1994). Toward a functional analysis of self-injury. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27 (2), 197-209. [PDF] |
| IWATA, B.A., PACE, G.M., COWDERT, G.E. & MILTENBGEER, R.G. (1994). What makes extinction work : an analysis of procedural form and function. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 27 (1), 131-144. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Izard Carroll E. (1923-) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain. Ses travaux portent principalement sur les émotions et les expressions faciales. Collaborateur de Tomkins.
 |
IZARD, C.E. (1979). Facial expression, emotion, and motivation. Wolfgang, 31-46. |
| IZARD, C.E. (1993). Four systems for emotion activation : Cognitive and noncognitive processes. American Psychologist, 100, 68-90. |
| IZARD, C.E. (2001). Emotional intelligence or adaptive emotions ? Emotion, 1, 249-257. [PDF] |
| IZARD, C.E. (2002). Translating emotion theory and research into preventive interventions. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 796-824. [PDF] |
| IZARD, C.E. (2009). Emotion theory and research : Highlights, unanswered questions, and emerging issues. Annual Review of Psychology, 60, 1-25. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| IC ---- ID ---- IG ---- IL ---- IM ---- IMP ---- IN ---- IND ---- INF ---- INH ---- INS ---- INT ---- INV ---- IR ---- IS ---- IT ---- IW |
|
 |
| Comment citer ce site? |
|
Pl@nète Psy©/Claude Goulet |
